Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-9861

 

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New York   16-0968385

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One M & T Plaza

Buffalo, New York

  14203
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(716) 842-5445

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     ¨   Yes     x   No

Number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.50 par value, outstanding as of the close of business on April 22, 2016: 158,999,014 shares.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2016

 

Table of Contents of Information Required in Report

   Page  

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  
  

Item 1.

  Financial Statements.   
    

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - March 31, 2016 and December  31, 2015

     3   
    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME - Three months ended March  31, 2016 and 2015

     4   
    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - Three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

     5   
    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS - Three months ended March  31, 2016 and 2015

     6   
    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY - Three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

     7   
    

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     8   
   Item 2.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

     51   
  

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

     93   
  

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures.

     93   

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

  
  

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings.

     93   
   Item 1A.  

Risk Factors.

     94   
   Item 2.  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

     95   
  

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

     95   
  

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures.

     95   
  

Item 5.

 

Other Information.

     95   
  

Item 6.

 

Exhibits.

     96   

SIGNATURES

       97   

EXHIBIT INDEX

     97   

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements.

 

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Unaudited)

 

Dollars in thousands, except per share

   March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Assets

 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,178,175        1,368,040   
 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     9,545,181        7,594,350   
 

Trading account

     467,987        273,783   
 

Investment securities (includes pledged securities that can be sold or repledged of $2,133,492 at March 31, 2016; $2,136,712 at December 31, 2015)

    
 

Available for sale (cost: $11,937,326 at March 31, 2016; $12,138,636 at December 31, 2015)

     12,200,647        12,242,671   
 

Held to maturity (fair value: $2,769,343 at March 31, 2016; $2,864,147 at December 31, 2015)

     2,730,611        2,859,709   
 

Other (fair value: $536,062 at March 31, 2016; $554,059 at December 31, 2015)

     536,062        554,059   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total investment securities

     15,467,320        15,656,439   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Loans and leases

     88,104,830        87,719,234   
 

Unearned discount

     (232,364     (229,735
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     87,872,466        87,489,499   
 

Allowance for credit losses

     (962,752     (955,992
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Loans and leases, net

     86,909,714        86,533,507   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Premises and equipment

     662,891        666,682   
 

Goodwill

     4,593,112        4,593,112   
 

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     127,949        140,268   
 

Accrued interest and other assets

     5,673,303        5,961,703   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total assets

   $ 124,625,632        122,787,884   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 29,709,218        29,110,635   
 

Interest-checking deposits

     2,848,126        2,939,274   
 

Savings deposits

     48,649,114        46,627,370   
 

Time deposits

     12,841,331        13,110,392   
 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     166,787        170,170   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total deposits

     94,214,576        91,957,841   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Federal funds purchased and agreements to repurchase securities

     206,709        150,546   
 

Other short-term borrowings

     1,560,117        1,981,636   
 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     1,948,142        1,870,714   
 

Long-term borrowings

     10,341,035        10,653,858   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total liabilities

     108,270,579        106,614,595   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized; Issued and outstanding: Liquidation preference of $1,000 per share: 731,500 shares at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; Liquidation preference of $10,000 per share: 50,000 shares at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

     1,231,500        1,231,500   
 

Common stock, $.50 par, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 159,963,737 shares issued at March 31, 2016; 159,563,512 shares issued at December 31, 2015

     79,982        79,782   
 

Common stock issuable, 33,391 shares at March 31, 2016; 36,644 shares at December 31, 2015

     2,180        2,364   
 

Additional paid-in capital

     6,683,499        6,680,768   
 

Retained earnings

     8,596,752        8,430,502   
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

     (150,189     (251,627
 

Treasury stock - common, at cost - 841,082 shares at March 31, 2016

     (88,671     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total shareholders’ equity

     16,355,053        16,173,289   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 124,625,632        122,787,884   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

 

         Three months ended March 31  

In thousands, except per share

   2016      2015  

Interest income

 

Loans and leases, including fees

   $ 863,385         647,179   
 

Investment securities

     
 

Fully taxable

     98,015         85,957   
 

Exempt from federal taxes

     795         1,318   
 

Deposits at banks

     10,337         3,118   
 

Other

     302         515   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Total interest income

     972,834         738,087   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

Interest-checking deposits

     414         311   
 

Savings deposits

     15,891         10,219   
 

Time deposits

     24,322         3,740   
 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     193         147   
 

Short-term borrowings

     2,162         34   
 

Long-term borrowings

     57,888         64,048   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Total interest expense

     100,870         78,499   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Net interest income

     871,964         659,588   
 

Provision for credit losses

     49,000         38,000   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     822,964         621,588   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income

 

Mortgage banking revenues

     82,063         101,601   
 

Service charges on deposit accounts

     102,405         102,344   
 

Trust income

     111,077         123,734   
 

Brokerage services income

     16,004         15,461   
 

Trading account and foreign exchange gains

     7,458         6,231   
 

Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

     4         (98
 

Other revenues from operations

     101,922         90,930   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Total other income

     420,933         440,203   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expense

 

Salaries and employee benefits

     431,785         389,893   
 

Equipment and net occupancy

     74,178         66,470   
 

Printing, postage and supplies

     11,986         9,590   
 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

     12,319         6,793   
 

FDIC assessments

     25,225         10,660   
 

Other costs of operations

     220,602         202,969   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Total other expense

     776,095         686,375   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Income before taxes

     467,802         375,416   
 

Income taxes

     169,274         133,803   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Net income

   $ 298,528         241,613   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Net income available to common shareholders

     
 

Basic

   $ 275,744         218,830   
 

Diluted

     275,748         218,837   
 

Net income per common share

     
 

Basic

   $ 1.74         1.66   
 

Diluted

     1.73         1.65   
 

Cash dividends per common share

   $ .70         .70   
 

Average common shares outstanding

     
 

Basic

     158,734         132,049   
 

Diluted

     159,181         132,769   

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended March 31  

In thousands

   2016     2015  

Net income

   $ 298,528      $ 241,613   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax and reclassification adjustments:

    

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

     97,194        25,339   

Cash flow hedges adjustments

     (24     871   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (53     (2,384

Defined benefit plans liability adjustments

     4,321        4,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     101,438        28,503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 399,966      $ 270,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

 

          Three months ended March 31  

In thousands

   2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

  

Net income

   $ 298,528        241,613   
  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    
  

Provision for credit losses

     49,000        38,000   
  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     27,141        24,178   
  

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

     12,249        12,199   
  

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

     12,319        6,793   
  

Provision for deferred income taxes

     50,075        37,052   
  

Asset write-downs

     8,940        2,379   
  

Net gain on sales of assets

     (5,399     (1,066
  

Net change in accrued interest receivable, payable

     (16,530     (2,200
  

Net change in other accrued income and expense

     70,766        (80,084
  

Net change in loans originated for sale

     211        197,708   
  

Net change in trading account assets and liabilities

     (59,080     (18,206
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Net cash provided by operating activities

     448,220        458,366   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

  

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

    
  

Available for sale

     518        693   
  

Other

     18,121        132   
  

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities

    
  

Available for sale

     511,549        369,649   
  

Held to maturity

     132,636        148,708   
  

Purchases of investment securities

    
  

Available for sale

     (311,302     (1,871,491
  

Held to maturity

     (5,343     (7,442
  

Other

     (124     (348
  

Net increase in loans and leases

     (439,712     (666,220
  

Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits at banks

     (1,950,831     179,376   
  

Capital expenditures, net

     (16,307     (9,598
  

Net decrease in loan servicing advances

     37,600        76,145   
  

Other, net

     7,920        (21,940
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Net cash used by investing activities

     (2,015,275     (1,802,336
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

  

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     2,264,623        (4,543
  

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     (343,838     819   
  

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —          1,500,000   
  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (317,187     (1,797
  

Purchases of treasury stock

     (100,000     —     
  

Dividends paid - common

     (112,000     (93,631
  

Dividends paid - preferred

     (17,368     (17,368
  

Other, net

     2,960        (46,014
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,377,190        1,337,466   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (189,865     (6,504
  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,368,040        1,373,357   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,178,175        1,366,853   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

  

Interest received during the period

   $ 968,223        726,475   
  

Interest paid during the period

     146,568        75,776   
  

Income taxes paid (refunded) during the period

     (86,146     88,578   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

  

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans

   $ 33,737        10,846   
  

Securitization of residential mortgage loans allocated to

    
  

Available-for-sale investment securities

     8,452        12,920   
  

Capitalized servicing rights

     92        143   

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

 

In thousands, except per share

  Preferred
stock
    Common
stock
    Common
stock
issuable
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
(loss), net
    Treasury
stock
    Total  

2015

               

Balance - January 1, 2015

  $ 1,231,500        66,157        2,608        3,409,506        7,807,119        (180,994     —          12,335,896   

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          241,613        28,503        —          270,116   

Preferred stock cash dividends

    —          —          —          —          (20,318     —          —          (20,318

Exercise of 2,315 Series A stock warrants into 904 shares of common stock

    —          1        —          (1     —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation plans:

               

Compensation expense, net

    —          147        —          5,425        —          —          —          5,572   

Exercises of stock options, net

    —          101        —          19,378        —          —          —          19,479   

Stock purchase plan

    —          45        —          10,301        —          —          —          10,346   

Directors’ stock plan

    —          2        —          423        —          —          —          425   

Deferred compensation plans, net, including dividend equivalents

    —          2        (298     270        (25     —          —          (51

Other

    —          —          —          405        —          —          —          405   

Common stock cash dividends - $.70 per share

    —          —          —          —          (93,569     —          —          (93,569
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2015

  $ 1,231,500        66,455        2,310        3,445,707        7,934,820        (152,491     —          12,528,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016

               

Balance - January 1, 2016

  $ 1,231,500        79,782        2,364        6,680,768        8,430,502        (251,627     —          16,173,289   

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          298,528        101,438        —          399,966   

Preferred stock cash dividends

    —          —          —          —          (20,318     —          —          (20,318

Purchases of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (100,000     (100,000

Stock-based compensation plans:

               

Compensation expense, net

    —          178        —          (978     —          —          745        (55

Exercises of stock options, net

    —          18        —          2,335        —          —          265        2,618   

Stock purchase plan

    —          —          —          275        —          —          10,319        10,594   

Directors’ stock plan

    —          2        —          471        —          —          —          473   

Deferred compensation plans, net, including dividend equivalents

    —          2        (184     234        (23     —          —          29   

Other

    —          —          —          394        —          —          —          394   

Common stock cash dividends - $.70 per share

    —          —          —          —          (111,937     —          —          (111,937
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2016

  $ 1,231,500        79,982        2,180        6,683,499        8,596,752        (150,189     (88,671     16,355,053   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Significant accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements of M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) and subsidiaries (“the Company”) were compiled in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) using the accounting policies set forth in note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements included in Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (“2015 Annual Report”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation have been made and were all of a normal recurring nature.

 

2. Acquisition

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed the acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”), headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey. On that date, Hudson City Savings Bank, the banking subsidiary of Hudson City, was merged into M&T Bank, a wholly owned banking subsidiary of M&T. Hudson City Savings Bank operated 135 banking offices in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York at the date of acquisition. The results of operations acquired in the Hudson City transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results since November 1, 2015. After application of the election, allocation and proration procedures contained in the merger agreement with Hudson City, M&T paid $2.1 billion in cash and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of the acquisition. The purchase price was approximately $5.2 billion based on the cash paid to Hudson City shareholders, the fair value of M&T stock exchanged and the estimated fair value of Hudson City stock awards converted into M&T stock awards. The acquisition of Hudson City expanded the Company’s presence in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York, and management expects that the Company will benefit from greater geographic diversity and the advantages of scale associated with a larger company.

The Hudson City transaction has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. The consideration paid for Hudson City’s common equity and the amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Identifiable assets:

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 131,688   

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     7,568,934   

Investment securities

     7,929,014   

Loans

     19,015,013   

Goodwill

     1,079,787   

Core deposit intangible

     131,665   

Other assets

     843,219   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

     36,699,320   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

     17,879,589   

Borrowings

     13,211,598   

Other liabilities

     405,025   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     31,496,212   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 5,203,108   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid

   $ 2,064,284   

Common stock issued (25,953,950 shares)

     3,110,581   

Common stock awards converted

     28,243   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 5,203,108   
  

 

 

 

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

2. Acquisitions, continued

 

In early November 2015, the Company sold $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaid $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible asset is being amortized over a period of 7 years using an accelerated method.

The following table presents certain pro forma information as if Hudson City had been included in the Company’s results of operations in the first quarter of 2015. These results combine the historical results of Hudson City into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair valuation adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place as indicated. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the impact of gains on securities transactions of $7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 that may not have been recognized had the investment securities been recorded at fair value. Additionally, the Company expects to achieve operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts that follow.

 

     Pro forma
Three months
ended
March 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Total revenues(a)

   $ 1,253,445   

Net income

     285,237   

 

(a) Represents net interest income plus other income.

In connection with the Hudson City acquisition, the Company incurred merger-related expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integrating and conforming acquired operations with and into the Company. Those expenses consisted largely of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with preparing for systems conversions and/or integration of operations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance (for former Hudson City employees); travel costs; and other costs of completing the transaction and commencing operations in new markets and offices. The Company expects that there will be additional merger-related expenses in 2016.

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

2. Acquisitions, continued

 

A summary of merger-related expenses included in the consolidated statement of income follows:

 

     Three months
ended
March 31,
2016
 
     (in thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 5,274   

Equipment and net occupancy

     939   

Printing, postage and supplies

     937   

Other cost of operations

     16,012   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,162   
  

 

 

 

There were no merger-related expenses during the first quarter of 2015.

 

3. Investment securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities were as follows:

 

     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
 
     (in thousands)  

March 31, 2016

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 201,002         1,197         7       $ 202,192   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     5,356         138         46         5,448   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     11,490,181         265,879         5,998         11,750,062   

Privately issued

     65         2         2         65   

Collateralized debt obligations

     28,483         18,170         1,613         45,040   

Other debt securities

     136,968         1,407         25,667         112,708   

Equity securities

     75,271         10,225         364         85,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,937,326         297,018         33,697         12,200,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     103,408         886         332         103,962   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     2,445,563         78,448         2,070         2,521,941   

Privately issued

     175,467         1,848         40,048         137,267   

Other debt securities

     6,173         —           —           6,173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,730,611         81,182         42,450         2,769,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities

     536,062         —           —           536,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,203,999         378,200         76,147       $ 15,506,052   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

3. Investment securities, continued

 

     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2015

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 299,890         294         187       $ 299,997   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     5,924         146         42         6,028   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     11,592,959         142,370         48,701         11,686,628   

Privately issued

     74         2         2         74   

Collateralized debt obligations

     28,438         20,143         1,188         47,393   

Other debt securities

     137,556         1,514         20,190         118,880   

Equity securities

     73,795         10,230         354         83,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,138,636         174,699         70,664         12,242,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     118,431         1,003         421         119,013   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     2,553,612         50,936         7,817         2,596,731   

Privately issued

     181,091         2,104         41,367         141,828   

Other debt securities

     6,575         —           —           6,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,859,709         54,043         49,605         2,864,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities

     554,059         —           —           554,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,552,404         228,742         120,269       $ 15,660,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no significant gross realized gains or losses from sales of investment securities for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

At March 31, 2016, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity were as follows:

 

     Amortized cost      Estimated
fair value
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt securities available for sale:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 7,504         7,551   

Due after one year through five years

     201,714         203,128   

Due after five years through ten years

     2,728         2,926   

Due after ten years

     159,863         151,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     371,809         365,388   

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     11,490,246         11,750,127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,862,055         12,115,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities held to maturity:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 32,387         32,542   

Due after one year through five years

     64,484         64,760   

Due after five years through ten years

     6,537         6,660   

Due after ten years

     6,173         6,173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     109,581         110,135   

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

     2,621,030         2,659,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,730,611         2,769,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

3. Investment securities, continued

 

A summary of investment securities that as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer follows:

 

     Less than 12 months      12 months or more  
     Fair
value
     Unrealized
losses
     Fair
value
     Unrealized
losses
 
            (in thousands)         

March 31, 2016

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 4,051         (7      —           —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           —           1,706         (46

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     337,672         (1,959      1,233,329         (4,039

Privately issued

     —           —           34         (2

Collateralized debt obligations

     10,326         (527      1,858         (1,086

Other debt securities

     9,825         (1,203      88,715         (24,464

Equity securities

     2,115         (210      146         (154
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     363,989         (3,906      1,325,788         (29,791
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     28,707         (215      8,813         (117

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     812         (12      232,432         (2,058

Privately issued

     —           —           105,355         (40,048
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     29,519         (227      346,600         (42,223
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 393,508         (4,133      1,672,388         (72,014
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 147,508         (187      —           —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     865         (2      1,335         (40

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     4,061,899         (48,534      7,216         (167

Privately issued

     —           —           43         (2

Collateralized debt obligations

     5,711         (335      2,063         (853

Other debt securities

     12,935         (462      93,344         (19,728

Equity securities

     18,073         (207      153         (147
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,246,991         (49,727      104,154         (20,937
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     42,913         (335      5,853         (86

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     459,983         (1,801      228,867         (6,016

Privately issued

     —           —           112,155         (41,367
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     502,896         (2,136      346,875         (47,469
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,749,887         (51,863      451,029         (68,406
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

3. Investment securities, continued

 

The Company owned 538 individual investment securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses of $76 million at March 31, 2016. Based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2016, the Company concluded that it expected to recover the amortized cost basis of its investment. As of March 31, 2016, the Company does not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired investment securities at a loss. At March 31, 2016, the Company has not identified events or changes in circumstances which may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the $536 million of cost method investment securities.

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses

The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date that is included in the consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

 

     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 2,918,333         3,122,935   

Carrying amount:

     

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     71,577         78,847   

Commercial real estate

     588,983         644,284   

Residential real estate

     964,893         1,016,129   

Consumer

     681,535         725,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,306,988         2,465,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchased impaired loans included in the table above totaled $716 million at March 31, 2016 and $768 million at December 31, 2015, representing less than 1% of the Company’s assets as of each date. A summary of changes in the accretable yield for loans acquired at a discount for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2016  
     Purchased
impaired
     Other
acquired
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 184,618         296,434         481,052   

Interest income

     (14,062      (37,862      (51,924

Reclassifications from nonaccretable balance, net

     629         5,664         6,293   

Other (a)

     —           4,781         4,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 171,185         269,017         440,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2015  
     Purchased
impaired
     Other
acquired
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 76,518         397,379         473,897   

Interest income

     (5,206      (41,277      (46,483

Reclassifications from nonaccretable balance, net

     110         183         293   

Other (a)

     —           1,610         1,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 71,422         357,895         429,317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Other changes in expected cash flows including changes in interest rates and prepayment assumptions.

A summary of current, past due and nonaccrual loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

     Current      30-89
Days
past due
     Accruing
loans past
due 90
days or
more(a)
     Accruing
loans
acquired at
a discount
past due
90 days
or more(b)
     Purchased
impaired(c)
     Nonaccrual      Total  
March 31, 2016                  (in thousands)                       

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 20,911,645         30,495         2,358         524         1,765         279,790         21,226,577   

Real estate:

                    

Commercial

     23,740,729         149,108         41,776         6,818         39,840         171,256         24,149,527   

Residential builder and developer

     1,747,261         15,304         195         3,493         23,516         32,458         1,822,227   

Other commercial construction

     3,663,835         28,336         9,068         280         19,239         20,781         3,741,539   

Residential

     19,747,097         500,241         278,640         15,790         463,871         186,452         21,192,091   

Residential-limited documentation

     3,757,924         107,679         275         —           165,404         76,265         4,107,547   

Consumer:

              

Home equity lines and loans

     5,720,342         40,054         —           15,898         2,239         78,722         5,857,255   

Automobile

     2,580,241         33,439         —           2         —           14,817         2,628,499   

Other

     3,083,495         24,739         3,858         18,962         —           16,150         3,147,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,952,569         929,395         336,170         61,767         715,874         876,691         87,872,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

     Current      30-89 Days
past due
     Accruing
loans past
due 90
days or
more(a)
     Accruing
loans
acquired at
a discount
past due
90 days
or more(b)
     Purchased
impaired(c)
     Nonaccrual      Total  
December 31, 2015                  (in thousands)                       

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 20,122,648         52,868         2,310         693         1,902         241,917         20,422,338   

Real estate:

                    

Commercial

     23,645,354         172,439         12,963         8,790         46,790         179,606         24,065,942   

Residential builder and developer

     1,507,856         7,969         5,760         6,925         28,734         28,429         1,585,673   

Other commercial construction

     3,428,939         65,932         7,936         2,001         24,525         16,363         3,545,696   

Residential

     20,507,551         560,312         284,451         16,079         488,599         153,281         22,010,273   

Residential-limited documentation

     3,885,073         137,289         —           —           175,518         61,950         4,259,830   

Consumer:

              

Home equity lines and loans

     5,805,222         45,604         —           15,222         2,261         84,467         5,952,776   

Automobile

     2,446,473         56,181         —           6         —           16,597         2,519,257   

Other

     3,051,435         36,702         4,021         18,757         —           16,799         3,127,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,400,551         1,135,296         317,441         68,473         768,329         799,409         87,489,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes loans acquired at a discount.
(b) Loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.
(c) Accruing loans that were impaired at acquisition date and were recorded at fair value.

One-to-four family residential mortgage loans held for sale were $269 million and $353 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale were $128 million at March 31, 2016 and $39 million at December 31, 2015.

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

     Commercial,                          
     Financial,     Real Estate                    
     Leasing, etc.     Commercial     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 300,404        326,831        72,238        178,320        78,199        955,992   

Provision for credit losses

     24,364        4,013        1,218        19,893        (488     49,000   

Net charge-offs

            

Charge-offs

     (6,149     (1,272     (6,972     (44,319     —          (58,712

Recoveries

     5,247        2,413        1,887        6,925        —          16,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (902     1,141        (5,085     (37,394     —          (42,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 323,866        331,985        68,371        160,819        77,711        962,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

     Commercial,                                 
     Financial,     Real Estate                     
     Leasing, etc.     Commercial     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 288,038        307,927        61,910        186,033        75,654         919,562   

Provision for credit losses

     1,442        15,542        960        19,574        482         38,000   

Net charge-offs

             

Charge-offs

     (12,350     (6,679     (3,118     (25,329     —           (47,476

Recoveries

     3,939        585        989        5,774        —           11,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (8,411     (6,094     (2,129     (19,555     —           (36,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 281,069        317,375        60,741        186,052        76,136         921,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Despite the above allocation, the allowance for credit losses is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease type.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases on a collective basis. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company evaluates its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amounts of loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios are determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of larger balance commercial loans and commercial real estate loans that are in nonaccrual status and by applying loss factors to groups of loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to commercial and commercial real estate credits on an individual loan basis. Loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also monitored by the Company’s loan review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, geographic location, financial condition and performance, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. As updated appraisals are obtained on individual loans or other events in the market place indicate that collateral values have significantly changed, individual loan grades are adjusted as appropriate. Changes in other factors cited may also lead to loan grade changes at any time. Except for consumer and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and acquired loans that are evaluated on an aggregated basis, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows.

The following tables provide information with respect to loans and leases that were considered impaired as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     March 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  
     Recorded
investment
     Unpaid
principal
balance
     Related
allowance
     Recorded
investment
     Unpaid
principal
balance
     Related
allowance
 
     (in thousands)  

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 204,786         223,269         58,714         179,037         195,821         44,752   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     86,612         97,912         19,600         85,974         95,855         18,764   

Residential builder and developer

     6,581         8,296         839         3,316         5,101         196   

Other commercial construction

     2,358         2,678         397         3,548         3,843         348   

Residential

     77,579         95,679         4,348         79,558         96,751         4,727   

Residential-limited documentation

     87,791         101,841         7,000         90,356         104,251         8,000   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     27,544         28,540         3,904         25,220         26,195         3,777   

Automobile

     21,289         21,289         4,867         22,525         22,525         4,709   

Other

     17,876         17,876         4,844         17,620         17,620         4,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     532,416         597,380         104,513         507,154         567,962         90,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     105,342         126,130         —           93,190         110,735         —     

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     92,733         106,710         —           101,340         116,230         —     

Residential builder and developer

     28,938         49,177         —           27,651         47,246         —     

Other commercial construction

     18,811         37,498         —           13,221         31,477         —     

Residential

     17,574         28,336         —           19,621         30,940         —     

Residential-limited documentation

     17,362         29,544         —           18,414         31,113         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     280,760         377,395         —           273,437         367,741         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     310,128         349,399         58,714         272,227         306,556         44,752   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     179,345         204,622         19,600         187,314         212,085         18,764   

Residential builder and developer

     35,519         57,473         839         30,967         52,347         196   

Other commercial construction

     21,169         40,176         397         16,769         35,320         348   

Residential

     95,153         124,015         4,348         99,179         127,691         4,727   

Residential-limited documentation

     105,153         131,385         7,000         108,770         135,364         8,000   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     27,544         28,540         3,904         25,220         26,195         3,777   

Automobile

     21,289         21,289         4,867         22,525         22,525         4,709   

Other

     17,876         17,876         4,844         17,620         17,620         4,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 813,176         974,775         104,513         780,591         935,703         90,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2016
     Three months ended
March 31, 2015
 
            Interest income
recognized
            Interest income
recognized
 
     Average
recorded
investment
     Total      Cash
basis
     Average
recorded
investment
     Total      Cash
basis
 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 296,584         611         611         214,618         604         604   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     182,454         1,474         1,474         153,070         1,102         1,102   

Residential builder and developer

     33,750         42         42         73,151         63         63   

Other commercial construction

     16,868         38         38         25,540         55         55   

Residential

     96,788         1,372         882         104,490         1,446         910   

Residential-limited documentation

     107,473         1,472         630         125,654         1,610         647   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     26,019         246         85         19,683         201         48   

Automobile

     21,962         339         36         29,013         450         54   

Other

     17,717         178         27         18,861         174         33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 799,615         5,772         3,825         764,080         5,705         3,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with the previously described policies, the Company utilizes a loan grading system that is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. All larger balance criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are individually reviewed by centralized loan review personnel each quarter to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. Smaller balance criticized loans are analyzed by business line risk management areas to ensure proper loan grade classification. Furthermore, criticized nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are considered impaired and, as a result, specific loss allowances on such loans are established within the allowance for credit losses to the extent appropriate in each individual instance. The following table summarizes the loan grades applied to the various classes of the Company’s commercial loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

            Real Estate  
     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
     Commercial      Residential
Builder and
Developer
     Other
Commercial
Construction
 
     (in thousands)  

March 31, 2016

           

Pass

   $ 20,155,277         23,138,987         1,700,088         3,631,947   

Criticized accrual

     791,510         839,284         89,681         88,811   

Criticized nonaccrual

     279,790         171,256         32,458         20,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,226,577         24,149,527         1,822,227         3,741,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

           

Pass

   $ 19,442,183         23,098,856         1,497,465         3,432,679   

Criticized accrual

     738,238         787,480         59,779         96,654   

Criticized nonaccrual

     241,917         179,606         28,429         16,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,422,338         24,065,942         1,585,673         3,545,696   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally evaluated collectively after considering such factors as payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates on such loans are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s Credit Department. In arriving at such forecasts, the Company considers the current estimated fair value of its collateral based on geographical adjustments for home price depreciation/appreciation and overall borrower repayment performance. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a second lien position. However, residential real estate loans and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due are generally evaluated for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis giving consideration to estimated collateral values. The carrying value of residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit for which a partial charge-off has been recognized aggregated $52 million and $24 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016 and $55 million and $21 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit that were more than 150 days past due but did not require a partial charge-off because the net realizable value of the collateral exceeded the outstanding customer balance totaled $20 million and $32 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016 and $20 million and $28 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

The Company also measures additional losses for purchased impaired loans when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. The determination of the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses is very subjective. Given that inherent subjectivity and potential imprecision involved in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses, the Company also provides an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance. The unallocated portion of the allowance is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable and includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary to provide for the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance. Therefore, the level of the unallocated portion of the allowance is primarily reflective of the inherent imprecision in the various calculations used in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses. Other factors

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

that could also lead to changes in the unallocated portion include the effects of expansion into new markets for which the Company does not have the same degree of familiarity and experience regarding portfolio performance in changing market conditions, the introduction of new loan and lease product types, and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio that may not be specifically identifiable.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
    

 

Real Estate

               
        Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  
     (in thousands)  

March 31, 2016

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 58,714         20,611         11,348         13,615       $ 104,288   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     264,652         308,897         55,970         145,841         775,360   

Purchased impaired

     500         2,477         1,053         1,363         5,393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocated

   $ 323,866         331,985         68,371         160,819         885,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unallocated

                 77,711   
              

 

 

 

Total

               $ 962,752   
              

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 44,752         19,175         12,727         13,306       $ 89,960   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     255,615         307,000         57,624         163,511         783,750   

Purchased impaired

     37         656         1,887         1,503         4,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocated

   $ 300,404         326,831         72,238         178,320         877,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unallocated

                 78,199   
              

 

 

 

Total

               $ 955,992   
              

 

 

 

The recorded investment in loans and leases summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
    

 

Real Estate

               
        Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  
     (in thousands)  

March 31, 2016

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 310,128         235,039         200,306         66,709       $ 812,182   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     20,914,684         29,395,659         24,470,057         11,564,010         86,344,410   

Purchased impaired

     1,765         82,595         629,275         2,239         715,874   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,226,577         29,713,293         25,299,638         11,632,958       $ 87,872,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 272,227         234,132         207,949         65,365       $ 779,673   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     20,148,209         28,863,130         25,398,037         11,532,121         85,941,497   

Purchased impaired

     1,902         100,049         664,117         2,261         768,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,422,338         29,197,311         26,270,103         11,599,747       $ 87,489,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

During the normal course of business, the Company modifies loans to maximize recovery efforts. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted, the Company considers such modifications as troubled debt restructurings and classifies those loans as either nonaccrual loans or renegotiated loans. The types of concessions that the Company grants typically include principal deferrals and interest rate concessions, but may also include other types of concessions.

The tables below summarize the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

            Recorded investment      Financial effects of
modification
 

Three months ended March 31, 2016

   Number      Pre-
modification
     Post-
modification
     Recorded
investment
(a)
    Interest
(b)
 
            (dollars in thousands)        

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

             

Principal deferral

     24       $ 11,571       $ 12,721       $ 1,150      $ —     

Combination of concession types

     7         6,157         5,952         (205     —     

Real estate:

             

Commercial

             

Principal deferral

     16         3,483         3,448         (35     —     

Combination of concession types

     5         3,933         3,924         (9     (35

Residential

             

Principal deferral

     17         1,981         2,191         210        —     

Combination of concession types

     10         2,321         2,369         48        —     

Residential-limited documentation

             

Principal deferral

     1         125         138         13        —     

Combination of concession types

     5         1,312         1,379         67        (339

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

             

Principal deferral

     3         335         335         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     23         2,496         2,496         —          (283

Automobile

             

Principal deferral

     48         521         521         —          —     

Other

     16         38         38         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     8         85         85         —          (3

Other

             

Principal deferral

     26         374         374         —          —     

Other

     2         25         25         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     8         147         147         —          (27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     219       $ 34,904       $ 36,143       $ 1,239      $ (687
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.
(b) Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

4. Loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses, continued

 

            Recorded investment      Financial effects of
modification
 

Three months ended March 31, 2015

   Number      Pre-
modification
     Post-
modification
     Recorded
investment
(a)
    Interest
(b)
 
            (dollars in thousands)        

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

             

Principal deferral

     21       $ 1,572       $ 1,557       $ (15   $ —     

Interest rate reduction

     1         99         99         —          (19

Combination of concession types

     3         9,155         6,989         (2,166     —     

Real estate:

             

Commercial

             

Principal deferral

     7         3,792         3,776         (16     —     

Combination of concession types

     4         1,646         1,637         (9     (52

Residential builder and developer

             

Principal deferral

     1         1,398         1,398         —          —     

Residential

             

Principal deferral

     7         721         742         21        —     

Combination of concession types

     3         294         349         55        (34

Residential-limited documentation

             

Combination of concession types

     1         210         210         —          (4

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

             

Principal deferral

     1         21         21         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     5         196         196         —          (13

Automobile

             

Principal deferral

     35         303         303         —          —     

Interest rate reduction

     3         42         42         —          (3

Other

     10         20         20         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     8         84         84         —          (7

Other

             

Principal deferral

     22         296         296         —          —     

Other

     5         59         59         —          —     

Combination of concession types

     13         224         224         —          (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     150       $ 20,132       $ 18,002       $ (2,130   $ (157
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.
(b) Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

Troubled debt restructurings are considered to be impaired loans and for purposes of establishing the allowance for credit losses are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted may also be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Charge-offs may also be recognized on troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted. Loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and for which there was a subsequent payment default during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were not material.

The amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the Company was $169 million and $172 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. There were $309 million and $315 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, of loans secured by residential real estate that were in the process of foreclosure.

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

5. Borrowings

M&T had $515 million of fixed and variable rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”) outstanding at March 31, 2016 that are held by various trusts that were issued in connection with the issuance by those trusts of preferred capital securities (“Capital Securities”) and common securities (“Common Securities”). The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities were used by the trusts to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Common Securities of each of those trusts are wholly owned by M&T and are the only class of each trust’s securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding trust. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital guidelines, beginning in 2016 none of the securities are includable in M&T’s Tier 1 regulatory capital, but do qualify for inclusion in Tier 2 regulatory capital.

Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions unless M&T exercises its right to extend the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures as allowed by the terms of each such debenture, in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for comparable periods. During an extended interest period, M&T may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. In general, the agreements governing the Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by M&T of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of M&T.

The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the trusts. The Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the stated maturity dates (ranging from 2027 to 2033) of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events set forth in the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after an optional redemption prior to contractual maturity contemporaneously with the optional redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part, subject to possible regulatory approval. On April 15, 2015, M&T redeemed all of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities issued by M&T Capital Trust I, M&T Capital Trust II and M&T Capital Trust III, and the related Junior Subordinated Debentures held by those respective trusts. In the aggregate, $323 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures were redeemed.

Also included in long-term borrowings are agreements to repurchase securities of $1.9 billion at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The agreements reflect various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying investment securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The agreements are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, however, the Company has not offset any amounts related to these agreements in its consolidated financial statements. The Company posted collateral consisting primarily of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities of $2.1 billion and $2.0 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

6. Shareholders’ equity

M&T is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $1.00 par value per share. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference, but have no general voting rights.

Issued and outstanding preferred stock of M&T as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 

     Shares
issued and
outstanding
     Carrying value  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Series A (a)

     

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

     230,000       $ 230,000   

Series C (a)

     

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

     151,500       $ 151,500   

Series D (b)

     

Fixed Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $10,000 liquidation preference per share

     50,000       $ 500,000   

Series E (c)

     

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

     350,000       $ 350,000   

 

(a) Dividends, if declared, are paid at 6.375%. Warrants to purchase M&T common stock at $73.86 per share issued in connection with the Series A preferred stock expire in 2018 and totaled 719,175 at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(b) Dividends, if declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.875% per year. The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after June 15, 2016. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.
(c) Dividends, if declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.45% through February 14, 2024 and thereafter will be paid quarterly at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 361 basis points (hundredths of one percent). The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after February 15, 2024. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.

In addition to the Series A warrants mentioned in (a) above, a warrant to purchase 95,383 shares of M&T common stock at $518.96 per share was outstanding at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The obligation under that warrant was assumed by M&T in an acquisition.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

7. Pension plans and other postretirement benefits

The Company provides defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits (including health care and life insurance benefits) to qualified retired employees. Net periodic pension expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

     Pension
benefits
     Other
postretirement
benefits
 
     Three months ended March 31  
     2016      2015      2016      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 6,382         6,000         458         200   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     20,883         17,775         1,205         650   

Expected return on plan assets

     (27,814      (23,575      —           —     

Amortization of prior service credit

     (825      (1,525      (350      (350

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     8,300         11,175         —           25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 6,926         9,850         1,313         525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expense incurred in connection with the Company’s defined contribution pension and retirement savings plans totaled $17,690,000 and $16,750,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

8. Earnings per common share

The computations of basic earnings per common share follow:

 

    

Three months ended

March 31

 
     2016      2015  
    

(in thousands,

except per share)

 

Income available to common shareholders:

     

Net income

   $ 298,528         241,613   

Less: Preferred stock dividends (a)

     (20,318      (20,318
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common equity

     278,210         221,295   

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (2,466      (2,465
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 275,744         218,830   

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

     

Common shares outstanding (including common stock issuable) and unvested stock-based compensation awards

     160,220         133,542   

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (1,486      (1,493
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     158,734         132,049   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.74         1.66   

 

(a) Including impact of not as yet declared cumulative dividends.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

8. Earnings per common share, continued

 

The computations of diluted earnings per common share follow:

 

     Three months ended
March 31
 
     2016      2015  
    

(in thousands,

except per share)

 

Net income available to common equity

   $ 278,210         221,295   

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (2,462      (2,458
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 275,748         218,837   

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding:

     

Common and unvested stock-based compensation awards

     160,220         133,542   

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (1,486      (1,493

Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversion of stock-based compensation awards and warrants to purchase common stock

     447         720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding

     159,181         132,769   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.73         1.65   

GAAP defines unvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) as participating securities that shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units, which, in accordance with GAAP, are considered participating securities.

Stock-based compensation awards and warrants to purchase common stock of M&T representing approximately 2.8 million and 2.7 million common shares during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were not included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share because the effect on those periods would have been antidilutive.

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

9. Comprehensive income

The following tables display the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to net income:

 

    Investment Securities                                
    With
OTTI (a)
    All
other
    Defined
benefit
plans
    Other     Total
amount
before tax
    Income
tax
    Net  
    (in thousands)  

Balance - January 1, 2016

  $  16,359        62,849        (489,660     (4,093   $  (414,545     162,918      $  (251,627

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications:

             

Unrealized holding gains (losses), net

    (370     159,660        —          —          159,290        (62,680     96,610   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (83     (83     30        (53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    (370     159,660        —          (83     159,207        (62,650     96,557   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income that (increase) decrease net income:

             

Accretion of unrealized holding losses on held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities

    —          968        —          —          968  (b)      (381     587   

Gains realized in net income

    —          (4     —          —          (4 )(c)      1        (3

Accretion of net gain on terminated cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          (39     (39 )(d)      15        (24

Amortization of prior service credit

    —          —          (1,175     —          (1,175 )(e)      462        (713

Amortization of actuarial losses

    —          —          8,300        —          8,300  (e)      (3,266     5,034   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reclassifications

    —          964        7,125        (39     8,050        (3,169     4,881   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gain (loss) during the period

    (370     160,624        7,125        (122     167,257        (65,819     101,438   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2016

  $ 15,989        223,473        (482,535     (4,215   $  (247,288     97,099      $  (150,189
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

9. Comprehensive income, continued

 

    Investment Securities                                
    With
OTTI (a)
    All
other
    Defined
benefit
plans
    Other     Total
amount
before tax
    Income
tax
    Net  
    (in thousands)  

Balance - January 1, 2015

  $ 7,438        201,828        (503,027     (4,082   $  (297,843     116,849      $  (180,994

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications:

             

Unrealized holding gains, net

    8,011        32,063        —          —          40,074        (15,247     24,827   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (3,732     (3,732     1,348        (2,384

Gains on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          1,453        1,453        (568     885   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income(loss) before reclassifications

    8,011        32,063        —          (2,279     37,795        (14,467     23,328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income that (increase) decrease net income:

             

Amortization of unrealized holding losses on HTM securities

    —          739        —          —          739  (b)      (289     450   

Losses realized in net income

    —          98        —          —          98  (c)      (36     62   

Accretion of net gain on terminated cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          (24     (24 )(d)      10        (14

Amortization of prior service credit

    —          —          (1,875     —          (1,875 )(e)      934        (941

Amortization of actuarial losses

    —          —          11,200        —          11,200  (e)      (5,582     5,618   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reclassifications

    —          837        9,325        (24     10,138        (4,963     5,175   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gain (loss) during the period

    8,011        32,900        9,325        (2,303     47,933        (19,430     28,503   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2015

  $  15,449        234,728        (493,702     (6,385   $  (249,910     97,419      $  (152,491
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Other-than-temporary impairment
(b) Included in interest income
(c) Included in gain (loss) on bank investment securities
(d) Included in interest expense
(e) Included in salaries and employee benefits expense

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net consisted of the following:

 

    

 

Investment securities

     Defined
benefit
plans
             
   With OTTI     All other        Other     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance - December 31, 2015

   $ 9,921        38,166         (296,979     (2,735   $ (251,627

Net gain (loss) during period

     (224     97,418         4,321        (77     101,438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2016

   $ 9,697        135,584         (292,658     (2,812   $ (150,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

10. Derivative financial instruments

As part of managing interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company designates interest rate swap agreements utilized in the management of interest rate risk as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap agreements are generally entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and most contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. Based on adherence to the Company’s credit standards and the presence of the netting and collateral provisions, the Company believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant as of March 31, 2016.

The net effect of interest rate swap agreements was to increase net interest income by $10 million and $11 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes summarized by type of financial instrument the swap agreements were intended to hedge follows:

 

                   Weighted-  
     Notional      Average      average rate  
     amount      maturity      Fixed     Variable  
     (in thousands)      (in years)               

March 31, 2016

          

Fair value hedges:

          

Fixed rate long-term borrowings (a)

   $ 1,400,000         1.4         4.42     1.59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

          

Fair value hedges:

          

Fixed rate long-term borrowings (a)

   $ 1,400,000         1.7         4.42     1.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Under the terms of these agreements, the Company receives settlement amounts at a fixed rate and pays at a variable rate.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell residential and commercial real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments have generally been designated as fair value hedges. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale.

Derivative financial instruments used for trading account purposes included interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and other option contracts, foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, and financial futures. Interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes had notional values of $18.9 billion and $18.4 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes aggregated $2.8 billion and $1.6 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

10. Derivative financial instruments, continued

 

Information about the fair values of derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income follows:

 

     Asset derivatives      Liability derivatives  
     Fair value      Fair value  
     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Derivatives designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

           

Fair value hedges:

           

Interest rate swap agreements (a)

   $ 41,259         43,892       $ —           —     

Commitments to sell real estate loans (a)

     412         1,844         3,243         656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,671         45,736         3,243         656   

Derivatives not designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

           

Mortgage-related commitments to originate real estate loans for sale (a)

     16,929         10,282         44         403   

Commitments to sell real estate loans (a)

     428         533         2,413         846   

Trading:

           

Interest rate contracts (b)

     329,739         203,517         278,981         153,723   

Foreign exchange and other option and futures contracts (b)

     17,807         8,569         16,888         7,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     364,903         222,901         298,326         161,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 406,574         268,637       $ 301,569         162,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Asset derivatives are reported in other assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.
(b) Asset derivatives are reported in trading account assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

10. Derivative financial instruments, continued

 

     Amount of gain (loss) recognized  
     Three months ended
March 31, 2016
     Three months ended
March 31, 2015
 
     Derivative      Hedged item      Derivative      Hedged item  
     (in thousands)  

Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships

           

Interest rate swap agreements:

           

Fixed rate long-term borrowings (a)

   $ (2,633      1,870       $  (396      161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

           

Trading:

           

Interest rate contracts (b)

   $ 974          $ 660      

Foreign exchange and other option and futures contracts (b)

     1,212            2,789      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $ 2,186          $ 3,449      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

(a) Reported as other revenues from operations.
(b) Reported as trading account and foreign exchange gains.

The Company has commitments to sell and commitments to originate residential and commercial real estate loans that are considered derivatives. The Company designates certain of the commitments to sell real estate loans as fair value hedges of real estate loans held for sale. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. As a result of these activities, net unrealized pre-tax gains related to hedged loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans were approximately $22 million and $18 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in unrealized gains and losses are included in mortgage banking revenues and, in general, are realized in subsequent periods as the related loans are sold and commitments satisfied.

The Company does not offset derivative asset and liability positions in its consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure to credit risk by entering into derivative contracts is mitigated through master netting agreements and collateral posting requirements. Master netting agreements covering interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with the same party include a right to set-off that becomes enforceable in the event of default, early termination or under other specific conditions.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in a liability position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $98 million and $59 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net liability positions with counterparties aggregated $95 million and $55 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company was required to post collateral relating to those positions of $84 million and $52 million, at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Certain of the Company’s derivative financial instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain specific credit ratings from credit rating agencies to avoid higher collateral posting requirements. If the Company’s debt rating were to fall below specified ratings,

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

10. Derivative financial instruments, continued

 

the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments could demand immediate incremental collateralization on those instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative financial instruments with such credit risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on March 31, 2016 was $19 million, for which the Company had posted collateral of $13 million in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features had been triggered on March 31, 2016, the maximum amount of additional collateral the Company would have been required to post with counterparties was $6 million.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in an asset position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $24 million and $23 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net asset positions with counterparties aggregated $21 million and $19 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Counterparties posted collateral relating to those positions of $21 million and $22 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Trading account interest rate swap agreements entered into with customers are subject to the Company’s credit risk standards and often contain collateral provisions.

In addition to the derivative contracts noted above, the Company clears certain derivative transactions through a clearinghouse rather than directly with counterparties. Those transactions cleared through a clearinghouse require initial margin collateral and additional collateral for contracts in a net liability position. The net fair values of derivative financial instruments cleared through clearinghouses at March 31, 2016 was a net liability position of $156 million and at December 31, 2015 was a net liability position of $50 million. Collateral posted with clearinghouses was $204 million and $99 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

11. Variable interest entities and asset securitizations

In accordance with GAAP, at December 31, 2015 the Company determined that it was the primary beneficiary of a residential mortgage loan securitization trust considering its role as servicer and its retained subordinated interests in the trust. As a result, the Company had included the one-to-four family residential mortgage loans that were included in the trust in its consolidated financial statements. In the first quarter of 2016, the securitization trust was terminated as the Company exercised its right to purchase the underlying mortgage loans pursuant to the clean-up call provisions of the trust. At December 31, 2015, the carrying value of the loans in the securitization trust was $81 million. The outstanding principal amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by the qualified special purpose trust that was held by parties unrelated to the Company at December 31, 2015 was $13 million.

As described in note 5, M&T has issued junior subordinated debentures payable to various trusts that have issued Capital Securities. M&T owns the common securities of those trust entities. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of those entities and, accordingly, the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. At each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company included the junior subordinated debentures as “long-term borrowings” in its consolidated balance sheet and recognized $24 million in other assets for its “investment” in the common securities of the trusts that will be concomitantly repaid to M&T by the respective trust from the proceeds of M&T’s repayment of the junior subordinated debentures associated with preferred capital securities described in note 5.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

11. Variable interest entities and asset securitizations, continued

 

The Company has invested as a limited partner in various partnerships that collectively had total assets of approximately $1.1 billion at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Those partnerships generally construct or acquire properties for which the investing partners are eligible to receive certain federal income tax credits in accordance with government guidelines. Such investments may also provide tax deductible losses to the partners. The partnership investments also assist the Company in achieving its community reinvestment initiatives. As a limited partner, there is no recourse to the Company by creditors of the partnerships. However, the tax credits that result from the Company’s investments in such partnerships are generally subject to recapture should a partnership fail to comply with the respective government regulations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss of its investments in such partnerships was $290 million, including $80 million of unfunded commitments, at March 31, 2016 and $295 million, including $78 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2015. Contingent commitments to provide additional capital contributions to these partnerships were not material at March 31, 2016. The Company has not provided financial or other support to the partnerships that was not contractually required. Management currently estimates that no material losses are probable as a result of the Company’s involvement with such entities. The Company, in its position as a limited partner, does not direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the partnerships and, therefore, in accordance with the accounting provisions for variable interest entities, the partnership entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company’s investment cost is amortized to income taxes in the consolidated statement of income as tax credits and other tax benefits resulting from deductible losses associated with the projects are received. The Company amortized $11 million and $10 million of its investments in qualified affordable housing projects to income tax expense during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and recognized $14 million of tax credits and other tax benefits during each of those respective periods.

The Company serves as investment advisor for certain registered money-market funds. The Company has no explicit arrangement to provide support to those funds, but may waive portions of its management fees. Such waivers were not material during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

12. Fair value measurements

GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has not made any fair value elections at March 31, 2016.

Pursuant to GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy exists in GAAP for fair value measurements based upon the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability.

 

    Level 1 – Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

    Level 2 – Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

    Level 3 – Valuation is derived from model-based and other techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable and which may be based on the Company’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

When available, the Company attempts to use quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is often determined using model-based techniques incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value.

Trading account assets and liabilities

Trading account assets and liabilities consist primarily of interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts with customers who require such services with offsetting positions with third parties to minimize the Company’s risk with respect to such transactions. The Company generally determines the fair value of its derivative trading account assets and liabilities using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. Mutual funds held in connection with deferred compensation and other arrangements have been classified as Level 1 valuations. Valuations of investments in municipal and other bonds can generally be obtained through reference to quoted prices in less active markets for the same or similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2.

Investment securities available for sale

The majority of the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities have been valued by reference to prices for similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2. Certain investments in mutual funds and equity securities are actively traded and, therefore, have been classified as Level 1 valuations.

Included in collateralized debt obligations are securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities. The Company could not obtain pricing indications for many of these securities from its two primary independent pricing sources. The Company, therefore, performed internal modeling to estimate the cash flows and fair value of its portfolio of securities backed by trust preferred securities at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The modeling techniques included estimating cash flows using bond-specific assumptions about future collateral defaults and related loss severities. The resulting cash flows were then discounted by reference to market yields observed in the single-name trust preferred securities market. In determining a market yield applicable to the estimated cash flows, a margin over LIBOR ranging from 4% to 10%, with a weighted-average of 8%, was used. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of collateralized debt obligations are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements. At March 31, 2016, the total amortized cost and fair value of securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities were $28 million and $45 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2015 were $28 million and $47 million, respectively. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities and securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities constituted all of the available-for-sale investment securities classified as Level 3 valuations.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

The Company ensures an appropriate control framework is in place over the valuation processes and techniques used for significant Level 3 fair value measurements. Internal pricing models used for significant valuation measurements have generally been subjected to validation procedures including testing of mathematical constructs, review of valuation methodology and significant assumptions used.

Real estate loans held for sale

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale includes changes in estimated fair value during the hedge period. Typically, the Company attempts to hedge real estate loans held for sale from the date of close through the sale date. The fair value of hedged real estate loans held for sale is generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans with similar characteristics and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as a Level 2 valuation.

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans

The Company enters into various commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans. Such commitments are considered to be derivative financial instruments and, therefore, are carried at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated fair values of such commitments were generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans to certain government-sponsored entities and other parties. The fair valuations of commitments to sell real estate loans generally result in a Level 2 classification. The estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are adjusted to reflect the Company’s anticipated commitment expirations. The estimated commitment expirations are considered significant unobservable inputs contributing to the Level 3 classification of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements.

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company generally determines the fair value of its interest rate swap agreements using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement liabilities.

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

The following tables present assets and liabilities at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair value
measurements at
March 31,
2016
     Level 1(a)      Level 2(a)      Level 3  
     (in thousands)  

Trading account assets

   $ 467,987         69,689         398,298         —     

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     202,192         —           202,192         —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     5,448         —           5,448         —     

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     11,750,062         —           11,750,062         —     

Privately issued

     65         —           —           65   

Collateralized debt obligations

     45,040         —           —           45,040   

Other debt securities

     112,708         —           112,708         —     

Equity securities

     85,132         67,150         17,982         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,200,647         67,150         12,088,392         45,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate loans held for sale

     396,764         —           396,764         —     

Other assets (b)

     59,028         —           42,099         16,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,124,426         136,839         12,925,553         62,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading account liabilities

   $ 295,869         —           295,869         —     

Other liabilities (b)

     5,700         —           5,656         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 301,569         —           301,525         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

 

     Fair value
measurements at
December 31,
2015
     Level 1(a)      Level 2(a)      Level 3  
     (in thousands)  

Trading account assets

   $ 273,783         56,763         217,020         —     

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     299,997         —           299,997         —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     6,028         —           6,028         —     

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     11,686,628         —           11,686,628         —     

Privately issued

     74         —           —           74   

Collateralized debt obligations

     47,393         —           —           47,393   

Other debt securities

     118,880         —           118,880         —     

Equity securities

     83,671         65,178         18,493         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,242,671         65,178         12,130,026         47,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate loans held for sale

     392,036         —           392,036         —     

Other assets (b)

     56,551         —           46,269         10,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 12,965,041         121,941         12,785,351         57,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading account liabilities

   $ 160,745         —           160,745         —     

Other liabilities (b)

     1,905         —           1,502         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 162,650         —           162,247         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.
(b) Comprised predominantly of interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management (Level 2), commitments to sell real estate loans (Level 2) and commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale (Level 3).

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the three months ended March 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

     Investment securities available for sale        
     Privately issued
mortgage-backed
securities
     Collateralized
debt
obligations
    Other assets
and other
liabilities
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance – January 1, 2016

   $ 74       $ 47,393      $ 9,879   

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

       

Included in earnings

     —           —          23,898 (b) 

Included in other comprehensive income

     —           (2,148 )(c)      —     

Settlements

     (9      (205     —     

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (a)

     —           —          (16,892 )(d) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – March 31, 2016

   $ 65       $  45,040      $ 16,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains included in earnings related to assets still held at March 31, 2016

   $  —         $ —        $  14,539 (b) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the three months ended March 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

     Investment securities available for sale        
     Privately issued
mortgage-backed
securities
     Collateralized
debt
obligations
    Other assets
and other
liabilities
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance – January 1, 2015

   $ 103       $ 50,316      $ 17,347   

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

       

Included in earnings

     —           —          29,770 (b) 

Included in other comprehensive income

     —           (2,004 )(c)      —     

Settlements

     (8      (1,034     —     

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (a)

     —           —          (20,887 )(d) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – March 31, 2015

   $ 95       $  47,278      $ 26,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains included in earnings related to assets still held at March 31, 2015

   $  —         $ —        $  22,636 (b) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The Company’s policy for transfers between fair value levels is to recognize the transfer as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
(b) Reported as mortgage banking revenues in the consolidated statement of income and includes the fair value of commitment issuances and expirations.
(c) Reported as net unrealized losses on investment securities in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
(d) Transfers out of Level 3 consist of interest rate locks transferred to closed loans.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The more significant of those assets follow.

Loans

Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2, unless significant adjustments have been made to the valuation that are not readily observable by market participants. Non-real estate collateral supporting commercial loans generally consists of business assets such as receivables, inventory and equipment. Fair value estimations are typically determined by discounting recorded values of those assets to reflect estimated net realizable value considering specific borrower facts and circumstances and the experience of credit personnel in their dealings with similar borrower collateral liquidations. Such discounts were generally in the range of 10% to 90% at March 31, 2016. As these discounts are not readily observable and are considered significant, the valuations have been classified as Level 3. Automobile collateral is typically valued by reference to independent pricing sources based on recent sales transactions of similar vehicles, and the related non-recurring fair value measurement adjustments have been classified as Level 2. Collateral values for other consumer installment loans are generally estimated based on historical recovery rates for similar types of loans. As these recovery rates are not readily observable by market participants, such valuation adjustments have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $226 million at March 31, 2016 ($127 million and $99 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), $210 million at December 31, 2015 ($106 million and $104 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively) and $101 million at March 31, 2015 ($67 million and $34 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively). Changes in fair value recognized for partial charge-offs of loans and loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Company on March 31, 2016 and 2015 were decreases of $27 million and $8 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are generally measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace, and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2. Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $62 million and $11 million at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in fair value recognized for those foreclosed assets held by the Company were not material during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

Significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     Fair value at
March 31,
2016
    

Valuation

technique

  

Unobservable

input/assumptions

   Range
(weighted-
average)
     (in thousands)                 

Recurring fair value measurements

           

Privately issued mortgage–backed securities

   $ 65       Two independent pricing quotes    —      —  

Collateralized debt obligations

     45,040       Discounted cash flow    Probability of default    10%-56% (31%)
         Loss severity    100%

Net other assets (liabilities) (a)

     16,885       Discounted cash flow    Commitment expirations    0%-66% (31%)
     Fair value at
December 31,
2015
    

Valuation

technique

  

Unobservable

input/assumptions

   Range
(weighted-
average)
     (in thousands)                 

Recurring fair value measurements

           

Privately issued mortgage–backed securities

   $ 74       Two independent pricing quotes    —      —  

Collateralized debt obligations

     47,393       Discounted cash flow    Probability of default    10%-56% (31%)
         Loss severity    100%

Net other assets (liabilities) (a)

     9,879       Discounted cash flow    Commitment expirations    0%-60% (39%)

 

(a) Other Level 3 assets (liabilities) consist of commitments to originate real estate loans.

Sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs

An increase (decrease) in the probability of default and loss severity for collateralized debt securities would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.

An increase (decrease) in the estimate of expirations for commitments to originate real estate loans would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Estimated commitment expirations are derived considering loan type, changes in interest rates and remaining length of time until closing.

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

Disclosures of fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets (liabilities) are presented in the following table:

 

     March 31, 2016  
     Carrying
amount
    Estimated
fair value
    Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  
           (in thousands)        

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,178,175      $ 1,178,175      $ 1,112,933       $ 65,242      $ —     

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     9,545,181        9,545,181        —           9,545,181        —     

Trading account assets

     467,987        467,987        69,689         398,298        —     

Investment securities

     15,467,320        15,506,052        67,150         15,256,530        182,372   

Loans and leases:

           

Commercial loans and leases

     21,226,577        20,875,827        —           —          20,875,827   

Commercial real estate loans

     29,713,293        29,569,740        —           127,736        29,442,004   

Residential real estate loans

     25,299,638        25,386,240        —           4,590,667        20,795,573   

Consumer loans

     11,632,958        11,553,135        —           —          11,553,135   

Allowance for credit losses

     (962,752     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     86,909,714        87,384,942        —           4,718,403        82,666,539   

Accrued interest receivable

     318,486        318,486        —           318,486        —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ (29,709,218   $ (29,709,218     —         $ (29,709,218     —     

Savings and interest-checking deposits

     (51,497,240     (51,497,240     —           (51,497,240     —     

Time deposits

     (12,841,331     (12,879,619     —           (12,879,619     —     

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     (166,787     (166,787     —           (166,787     —     

Short-term borrowings

     (1,766,826     (1,766,826     —           (1,766,826     —     

Long-term borrowings

     (10,341,035     (10,338,217     —           (10,338,217     —     

Accrued interest payable

     (80,605     (80,605     —           (80,605     —     

Trading account liabilities

     (295,869     (295,869     —           (295,869     —     

Other financial instruments:

           

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale

   $ 16,885      $ 16,885        —         $ —        $ 16,885   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     (4,816     (4,816     —           (4,816     —     

Other credit-related commitments

     (118,521     (118,521     —           —          (118,521

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

     41,259        41,259        —           41,259        —     

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Carrying
amount
    Estimated
fair value
    Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  
           (in thousands)        

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,368,040      $ 1,368,040      $ 1,276,678       $ 91,362      $ —     

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     7,594,350        7,594,350        —           7,594,350        —     

Trading account assets

     273,783        273,783        56,763         217,020        —     

Investment securities

     15,656,439        15,660,877        65,178         15,406,404        189,295   

Loans and leases:

           

Commercial loans and leases

     20,422,338        20,146,201        —           —          20,146,201   

Commercial real estate loans

     29,197,311        29,044,244        —           38,774        29,005,470   

Residential real estate loans

     26,270,103        26,267,771        —           4,727,816        21,539,955   

Consumer loans

     11,599,747        11,550,270        —           —          11,550,270   

Allowance for credit losses

     (955,992     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     86,533,507        87,008,486        —           4,766,590        82,241,896   

Accrued interest receivable

     306,496        306,496        —           306,496        —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ (29,110,635   $ (29,110,635     —         $ (29,110,635     —     

Savings and interest-checking deposits

     (49,566,644     (49,566,644     —           (49,566,644     —     

Time deposits

     (13,110,392     (13,135,042     —           (13,135,042     —     

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     (170,170     (170,170     —           (170,170     —     

Short-term borrowings

     (2,132,182     (2,132,182     —           (2,132,182     —     

Long-term borrowings

     (10,653,858     (10,639,556     —           (10,639,556     —     

Accrued interest payable

     (85,145     (85,145     —           (85,145     —     

Trading account liabilities

     (160,745     (160,745     —           (160,745     —     

Other financial instruments:

           

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale

   $ 9,879      $ 9,879        —         $ —        $ 9,879   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     875        875        —           875        —     

Other credit-related commitments

     (122,334     (122,334     —           —          (122,334

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

     43,892        43,892        —           43,892        —     

With the exception of marketable securities, certain off-balance sheet financial instruments and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans originated for sale, the Company’s financial instruments are not readily marketable and market prices do not exist. The Company, in attempting to comply with the provisions of GAAP that require disclosures of fair value of financial instruments, has not attempted to market its financial instruments to potential buyers, if any exist. Since negotiated prices in illiquid markets depend greatly upon the then present motivations of the buyer and seller, it is reasonable to assume that actual sales prices could vary widely from any estimate of fair value made without the benefit of negotiations. Additionally, changes in market interest rates can dramatically impact the value of financial instruments in a short period of time. The following assumptions, methods and calculations were used in determining the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable

Due to the nature of cash and cash equivalents and the near maturity of interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable, the Company estimated that the carrying amount of such instruments approximated estimated fair value.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

Investment securities

Estimated fair values of investments in readily marketable securities were generally based on quoted market prices. Investment securities that were not readily marketable were assigned amounts based on estimates provided by outside parties or modeling techniques that relied upon discounted calculations of projected cash flows or, in the case of other investment securities, which include capital stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, at an amount equal to the carrying amount.

Loans and leases

In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective period end. A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows associated with nonaccrual loans. Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses. However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans and leases would seek.

Deposits

Pursuant to GAAP, the estimated fair value ascribed to noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits and interest-checking deposits must be established at carrying value because of the customers’ ability to withdraw funds immediately. Time deposit accounts are required to be revalued based upon prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments. As a result, amounts assigned to time deposits were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates based on the Company’s pricing at the respective date for deposits with comparable remaining terms to maturity.

The Company believes that deposit accounts have a value greater than that prescribed by GAAP. The Company feels, however, that the value associated with these deposits is greatly influenced by characteristics of the buyer, such as the ability to reduce the costs of servicing the deposits and deposit attrition which often occurs following an acquisition.

Long-term borrowings

The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings were based on quoted market prices, when available, or were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for borrowings of similar terms and credit risk.

Other commitments and contingencies

As described in note 13, in the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding, such as loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide for relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of the fair value of these financial instruments.

The Company does not believe that the estimated information presented herein is representative of the earnings power or value of the Company. The preceding analysis, which is inherently limited in depicting fair value, also does not consider any value associated with existing customer relationships nor the ability of the Company to create value through loan origination, deposit gathering or fee generating activities.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

12. Fair value measurements, continued

 

Many of the estimates presented herein are based upon the use of highly subjective information and assumptions and, accordingly, the results may not be precise. Management believes that fair value estimates may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made. Furthermore, because the disclosed fair value amounts were estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts actually realized or paid upon maturity or settlement of the various financial instruments could be significantly different.

 

13. Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding. The following table presents the Company’s significant commitments. Certain of these commitments are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

     

Home equity lines of credit

   $ 5,604,610         5,631,680   

Commercial real estate loans to be sold

     184,198         57,597   

Other commercial real estate

     5,727,946         5,949,933   

Residential real estate loans to be sold

     520,694         488,621   

Other residential real estate

     281,735         212,619   

Commercial and other

     12,077,612         11,802,850   

Standby letters of credit

     3,330,241         3,330,013   

Commercial letters of credit

     45,798         55,559   

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts

     2,773,590         2,794,322   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     958,337         782,885   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, whereas commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being funded when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and a third party. The credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters

of credit is essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness.

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are oftentimes similar to standby letters of credit and include mandatory purchase agreements issued to ensure that customer obligations are fulfilled, recourse obligations associated with sold loans, and other guarantees of customer performance or compliance with designated rules and regulations. Included in financial guarantees and

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

13. Commitments and contingencies, continued

 

indemnification contracts are loan principal amounts sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s involvement in the Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing program. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with loans sold under this program totaled approximately $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Since many loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and guarantees and indemnification contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments are considered derivatives and along with commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair market value.

The Company also has commitments under long-term operating leases.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues by an estimate for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges is based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Subject to the outcome of the matter discussed in the following paragraph, at March 31, 2016, management believes that any further liability arising out of the Company’s obligation to loan purchasers is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The Company is the subject of an investigation by government agencies relating to the origination of Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured residential home loans and residential home loans sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. A number of other U.S. financial institutions have announced similar investigations. Regarding FHA loans, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) Office of Inspector General and the Department of Justice (collectively, the “Government”) are investigating whether the Company complied with underwriting guidelines concerning certain loans where HUD paid FHA insurance claims. The Company is fully cooperating with the investigation. The Government has advised the Company that based upon its review of a sample of loans for which an FHA insurance claim was paid by HUD, some of the loans do not meet underwriting guidelines. The Company, based on its own review of the sample, does not agree with the sampling methodology and loan analysis employed by the Government. Regarding loans originated by the Company and sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, the investigation concerns whether the mortgages sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae comply with applicable underwriting guidelines. The Company is also cooperating with that portion of the investigation. The investigation could lead to claims by the Government under the False Claims Act and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, which allow treble and other special damages substantially in excess of actual losses. Remedies in these proceedings or settlements may include restitution, fines, penalties, or alterations in the Company’s business practices. The Company and the Government continue settlement discussions regarding the investigation and although progress has been made, the parties have not yet reached a definitive agreement. Based upon the current status of these negotiations, management expects that this potential settlement should not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

13. Commitments and contingencies, continued

 

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

 

14. Segment information

Reportable segments have been determined based upon the Company’s internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segment results are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. Effective July 1, 2015, the Company changed its internal profitability reporting to move a builder and developer lending unit from the Residential Mortgage Banking segment to the Commercial Real Estate segment. Accordingly, financial information presented herein for the three-month period ended March 31, 2015 has been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. As a result, total revenues and net income decreased in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment and increased in the Commercial Real Estate segment by $6 million and $3 million, respectively, for the three-month period ended March 31, 2015 from that which was previously reported.

As also described in note 22 in the 2015 Annual Report, neither goodwill nor core deposit and other intangible assets (and the amortization charges associated with such assets) resulting from acquisitions of financial institutions have been allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, but are included in the “All Other” category. The Company does, however, assign such intangible assets to business units for purposes of testing for impairment.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

14. Segment information, continued

 

Information about the Company’s segments is presented in the following table:

 

     Three months ended March 31  
     2016     2015  
     Total
revenues(a)
     Inter-
segment
revenues
    Net
income
(loss)
    Total
revenues(a)
     Inter-
segment
revenues
    Net
income
(loss)
 
     (in thousands)  

Business Banking

   $ 113,689         991        25,448      $ 108,560         1,045        24,811   

Commercial Banking

     253,617         1,056        101,327        246,581         1,085        96,423   

Commercial Real Estate

     177,380         387        80,529        169,021         82        82,591   

Discretionary Portfolio

     86,835         (14,323     39,988        15,474         (5,443     5,954   

Residential Mortgage Banking

     96,935         19,660        17,077        105,757         11,387        29,460   

Retail Banking

     339,046         3,014        63,288        300,391         3,137        68,888   

All Other

     225,395         (10,785     (29,129     154,007         (11,293     (66,514
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,292,897         —          298,528      $ 1,099,791         —          241,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Average total assets  
     Three months ended
March 31
    Year ended
December 31
 
     2016      2015     2015  
     (in millions)  

Business Banking

   $ 5,424         5,300        5,339   

Commercial Banking

     24,838         23,683        24,143   

Commercial Real Estate

     19,839         18,334 (b)      18,827   

Discretionary Portfolio

     42,509         22,714        26,648   

Residential Mortgage Banking

     2,647         3,197 (b)      2,918   

Retail Banking

     11,568         10,788        11,035   

All Other

     16,427         11,876        12,870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 123,252         95,892        101,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Total revenues are comprised of net interest income and other income. Net interest income is the difference between taxable-equivalent interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities owed by a segment and a funding charge (credit) based on the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing and allocation methodology. Segments are charged a cost to fund any assets (e.g. loans) and are paid a funding credit for any funds provided

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

 

14. Segment information, continued

 

  (e.g. deposits). The taxable-equivalent adjustment aggregated $6,332,000 and $5,838,000 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is eliminated in “All Other” total revenues. Intersegment revenues are included in total revenues of the reportable segments. The elimination of intersegment revenues is included in the determination of “All Other” total revenues.
(b) Average assets of the Commercial Real Estate and Residential Mortgage Banking segments for the three-month period ended March 31, 2015 differ by approximately $315 million from the previously reported balances reflecting the noted change in the Company’s internal profitability reporting to move a builder and developer lending unit from the Residential Mortgage Banking segment to the Commercial Real Estate segment.

 

15. Relationship with Bayview Lending Group LLC and Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P.

M&T holds a 20% minority interest in Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”), a privately-held commercial mortgage company. M&T recognizes income or loss from BLG using the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of that investment was $20 million at March 31, 2016.

Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “Bayview Financial”), a privately-held specialty mortgage finance company, is BLG’s majority investor. In addition to their common investment in BLG, the Company and Bayview Financial conduct other business activities with each other. The Company has obtained loan servicing rights for mortgage loans from BLG and Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances of $4.0 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Revenues from those servicing rights were $5 million and $6 million during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company sub-services residential real estate loans for Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances totaling $36.3 billion and $37.7 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans for Bayview Financial were $23 million and $35 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition, the Company held $175 million and $181 million of mortgage-backed securities in its held-to-maturity portfolio at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, that were securitized by Bayview Financial.

 

16. Sale of trust accounts

In April 2015, the Company sold the trade processing business within the retirement services division of its Institutional Client Services business. That sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $23 million ($45 million pre-tax) that reflected the allocation of approximately $11 million of previously recorded goodwill to the divested business. Revenues of the sold business had been included in “trust income” and were $9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. After considering related expenses, net income attributable to the business that was sold was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company during the first quarter of 2015.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

Net income for M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) in the first quarter of 2016 was $299 million or $1.73 of diluted earnings per common share, compared with $242 million or $1.65 of diluted earnings per common share in the initial 2015 quarter. During the fourth quarter of 2015, net income totaled $271 million or $1.65 of diluted earnings per common share. Basic earnings per common share were $1.74 in the recent quarter, compared with $1.66 and $1.65 in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. The annualized rate of return on average total assets for M&T and its consolidated subsidiaries (“the Company”) in the initial 2016 quarter was .97%, compared with 1.02% in the year-earlier quarter and .93% in the fourth quarter of 2015. The annualized rate of return on average common shareholders’ equity was 7.44% in the first three months of 2016, compared with 7.99% and 7.22% in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively.

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed its acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”). Immediately following completion of the merger, Hudson City Savings Bank merged with and into M&T Bank, the principal bank subsidiary of M&T. Pursuant to the merger agreement, M&T paid cash consideration of $2.1 billion and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of acquisition. Assets acquired totaled approximately $36.7 billion, including $19.0 billion of loans and leases (including approximately $234 million of commercial real estate loans, $18.6 billion of residential real estate loans and $162 million of consumer loans). Liabilities assumed aggregated $31.5 billion, including $17.9 billion of deposits and $13.2 billion of borrowings. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaying $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. The common stock issued added $3.1 billion to M&T’s common shareholders’ equity. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible asset.

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations

M&T consistently provides supplemental reporting of its results on a “net operating” or “tangible” basis, from which M&T excludes the after-tax effect of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets (and the related goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible asset balances, net of applicable deferred tax amounts) and expenses associated with merging acquired operations into the Company, since such items are considered by management to be “nonoperating” in nature. Those merger-related expenses generally consist of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with the actual or planned conversion of systems and/or integration of operations; costs related to branch and office consolidations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements to purchase various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance; incentive compensation costs; travel costs; and printing, supplies and other costs of completing the transactions and commencing operations in new markets and offices. Those acquisition and integration-related expenses (herein referred to as merger-related expenses) totaled $23 million ($14 million after-tax effect) in the first quarter of 2016 ($.09 per diluted common share), compared with $97 million ($61 million after-tax effect) in the fourth quarter of 2015 ($.40 per diluted common share). There were no merger-related expenses in the first quarter of 2015. Reflected in merger-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2015 was a provision for credit losses of $21 million. GAAP

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

provides that an allowance for credit losses associated with probable incurred losses on loans acquired at a premium be recognized. Given the recognition of such losses above and beyond the impact of forecasted losses used in determining the fair value of acquired loans, the Company considers that provision to be a merger-related expense. Although “net operating income” as defined by M&T is not a GAAP measure, M&T’s management believes that this information helps investors understand the effect of acquisition activity in reported results.

Net operating income aggregated $320 million in the initial quarter of 2016, compared with $246 million in the first quarter of 2015. Diluted net operating earnings per common share for the recent quarter were $1.87, compared with $1.68 in the year-earlier quarter. Net operating income and diluted net operating earnings per common share were $338 million and $2.09, respectively, in the final 2015 quarter.

Net operating income in the first quarter of 2016 expressed as an annualized rate of return on average tangible assets was 1.09%, compared with 1.08% and 1.21% in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. Net operating income represented an annualized return on average tangible common equity of 11.62% in the recent quarter, compared with 11.90% in the year-earlier quarter and 13.26% in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Reconciliations of GAAP amounts with corresponding non-GAAP amounts are presented in table 2.

Taxable-equivalent Net Interest Income

Taxable-equivalent net interest income was $878 million in the first quarter of 2016, up 32% from $665 million in the year-earlier period. That growth resulted predominantly from the impact of higher average earning assets, which rose $26.0 billion, or 31%, to $111.2 billion in the recent quarter from $85.2 billion in the first quarter of 2015. The higher level of average earning assets in the initial 2016 quarter reflected a $21.0 billion increase in average loans and leases (due predominantly to the Hudson City acquisition, which added $18.1 billion to average loans), a $3.1 billion increase in average interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and a $2.0 billion rise in average balances of investment securities. As compared with 2015’s initial quarter, there was a one basis point (hundredth of one percent) widening of the Company’s net interest margin, or taxable-equivalent net interest income expressed as an annualized percentage of average earning assets, in the recent quarter to 3.18%. Taxable-equivalent net interest income in the recent quarter rose $65 million from the $813 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015, largely due to the full-quarter impact of the Hudson City transaction, and a 6 basis point widening of the net interest margin. Contributing to that widening was the full-quarter impact of the increase in interest rates initiated by the Federal Reserve in mid-December 2015.

Average loans and leases rose $21.0 billion or 32% to $87.6 billion in the initial 2016 quarter from $66.6 billion in the first quarter of 2015. Commercial loans and leases averaged $20.7 billion in the first quarter of 2016, up $1.3 billion or 6% from $19.5 billion in the first quarter of 2015. Average commercial real estate loans increased 7% or $1.8 billion to $29.4 billion in the recent quarter from $27.6 billion in the initial 2015 quarter. Reflecting average balances of $17.7 billion of loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, average residential real estate loans increased to $25.9 billion in the initial quarter of 2016 from $8.6 billion in the first quarter of 2015. Included in those amounts were residential real estate loans held for sale, which averaged $323 million in the recent quarter and $387 million in the year-earlier quarter. Average consumer loans totaled $11.6 billion in the first quarter of 2016, up $620 million or 6% from $11.0 billion in the year-earlier quarter predominantly due to growth in average automobile loan balances.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

Average loan balances in the first quarter of 2016 increased $6.5 billion from $81.1 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. Average outstanding commercial loan and lease balances rose $497 million, or 2%, average balances of commercial real estate loans increased $452 million, or 2%, average residential real estate loan balances were up $5.5 billion, or 27%, and average outstanding consumer loans increased $35 million from the final 2015 quarter. The growth in the residential real estate loan category resulted from the full-quarter impact of loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. The accompanying table summarizes quarterly changes in the major components of the loan and lease portfolio.

AVERAGE LOANS AND LEASES

(net of unearned discount)

Dollars in millions

 

           

Percent increase

(decrease) from

 
     1st Qtr.
2016
     1st Qtr.
2015
    4th Qtr.
2015
 

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 20,717         6     2

Real estate - commercial

     29,426         7        2   

Real estate - consumer

     25,859         202        27   

Consumer

       

Automobile

     2,573         27        5   

Home equity lines and loans

     5,903         (1     —     

Other

     3,106         5        (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     11,582         6        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,584         32     8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment securities portfolio averaged $15.3 billion in the recent quarter, up $2.0 billion or 15% from $13.4 billion in the initial quarter of 2015. Investment securities averaged $15.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase from the year-earlier quarter reflects mortgage-backed securities retained from the acquisition of Hudson City and the net effect of purchases, partially offset by maturities and paydowns of mortgage-backed securities. The Company purchased approximately $3.5 billion of Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae securities that were added to the investment securities portfolio during 2015, and another $305 million of Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae securities that were purchased during the first quarter of 2016. Those purchases reflect increased holdings of investment securities to satisfy the requirements of the U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio requirements (“LCR”) that became effective in January 2016.

The investment securities portfolio is largely comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities, debt securities issued by municipalities, trust preferred securities issued by certain financial institutions, and shorter-term U.S. Treasury and federal agency notes. When purchasing investment securities, the Company also considers its liquidity position and overall interest-rate risk profile as well as the adequacy of expected returns relative to risks assumed, including prepayments. In managing its investment securities portfolio, the Company occasionally sells investment securities as a result of changes in interest rates and spreads, actual or anticipated prepayments, credit risk associated with a particular security, or as a result of restructuring its investment securities portfolio in connection with a business combination. The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $7.9 billion to the investment securities portfolio on the November 1, 2015 acquisition date. As noted earlier, immediately following the acquisition of Hudson City, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of those securities.

The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for declines in value below amortized cost that might be characterized as “other than temporary.” There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges recognized in either of the first quarters of 2016 and 2015 or in the final 2015 quarter. Additional information about the investment securities portfolio is included in notes 3 and 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Other earning assets include interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and other banks, trading account assets and federal funds sold. Those other earning assets in the aggregate averaged $8.3 billion in the recently completed quarter, compared with $5.2 billion and $6.7 billion in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. Interest-bearing deposits at banks averaged $8.2 billion, $5.1 billion and $6.6 billion during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The rise in average interest-bearing deposits at banks in the recent quarter as compared with the year-earlier quarter and the fourth quarter of 2015 was due, in part, to the Company’s decision to maintain higher balances at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York rather than reinvesting in other highly liquid assets due to the current interest rate environment. The amounts of investment securities and other earning assets held by the Company are influenced by such factors as demand for loans, which generally yield more than investment securities and other earning assets, ongoing repayments, the levels of deposits, and management of liquidity (including the LCR) and balance sheet size and resulting capital ratios.

As a result of the changes described herein, average earning assets totaled $111.2 billion in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $85.2 billion in the year-earlier quarter and $103.6 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits. The Company considers noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less as core deposits. The Company’s branch network is its principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of comparable maturities. Average core deposits totaled $89.7 billion in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $70.1 billion in the year-earlier quarter and $83.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $17.0 billion of core deposits on November 1, 2015, including $9.7 billion of time deposits, $6.6 billion of savings deposits and $691 million of noninterest-bearing deposits. The higher average core deposits in the two most recent quarters were predominantly reflective of the impact of the merger with Hudson City. The following table provides an analysis of quarterly changes in the components of average core deposits.

AVERAGE CORE DEPOSITS

Dollars in millions

 

            Percent increase from  
     1st Qtr.
2016
     1st Qtr.
2015
    4th Qtr.
2015
 

Interest-checking deposits

   $ 1,333         21     2

Savings deposits

     47,805         18        7   

Time deposits

     11,709         339        35   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     28,870         12        2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,717         28     8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company also receives funding from other deposit sources, including branch-related time deposits over $250,000, deposits associated with the Company’s Cayman Islands office, and brokered deposits. Time deposits over $250,000, excluding brokered certificates of deposit, averaged $1.2 billion in the recent quarter, compared with $347 million and $948 million in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. The higher averages in the two most recent quarters as compared with the initial 2015 quarter were predominantly due to deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. Cayman Islands office deposits averaged $187 million, $224 million and $223 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Brokered time deposits averaged $59 million in each of the recent quarter and the fourth quarter of 2015. There were no brokered time deposits in the first quarter of 2015. The Company also had brokered interest-bearing transaction and brokered money-market deposit

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

accounts, which in the aggregate averaged approximately $1.2 billion in each of the first quarter of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2015, and $1.0 billion in the first quarter of 2015. The levels of brokered deposit accounts reflect the demand for such deposits, largely resulting from the desire of brokerage firms to earn reasonable yields while ensuring that customer deposits are fully insured. The level of Cayman Islands office deposits are also reflective of customer demand. Additional amounts of Cayman Islands office deposits or brokered deposits may be added in the future depending on market conditions, including demand by customers and other investors for those deposits, and the cost of funds available from alternative sources at the time.

The Company also uses borrowings from banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and others as sources of funding. Short-term borrowings represent borrowing arrangements that at the time they were entered into had a contractual maturity of less than one year. Average short-term borrowings totaled $2.1 billion in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $196 million in the year-earlier quarter and $1.6 billion in the final quarter of 2015. The higher level of such borrowings in the two most recent quarters was predominantly due to short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York assumed in the Hudson City acquisition. Those short-term fixed-rate borrowings have various maturity dates throughout 2016. Included in short-term borrowings were unsecured federal funds borrowings, which generally mature on the next business day, that averaged $137 million and $147 million in the first quarters of 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $131 million in the final quarter of 2015.

Long-term borrowings averaged $10.5 billion in the recent quarter, compared with $9.8 billion in the year-earlier quarter and $10.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. M&T Bank has a Bank Note Program whereby M&T Bank may offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes. Average balances of notes outstanding under that program were $5.4 billion, $4.9 billion and $5.5 billion during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The proceeds of the issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program have been predominantly utilized to purchase high-quality liquid assets that meet the requirements of the LCR. Also included in average long-term borrowings were amounts borrowed from various Federal Home Loan Banks of $1.2 billion in each of the initial quarters of 2016 and 2015 and in the fourth quarter of 2015. Subordinated capital notes included in long-term borrowings averaged $1.5 billion during each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. Junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities that were included in average long-term borrowings were $514 million during the two most recent quarters and $835 million in the first quarter of 2015. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, on April 15, 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the $310 million of trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III. Those borrowings had a weighted-average interest rate of 8.24%. Additional information regarding junior subordinated debentures is provided in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements. Also included in long-term borrowings were agreements to repurchase securities, which averaged $1.9 billion during the two most recent quarters and $1.4 billion in the first quarter of 2015. The increase from the first quarter of 2015 reflects agreements to repurchase securities assumed in connection with the Hudson City acquisition. The repurchase agreements held at March 31, 2016 have various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain components of long-term debt. As of March 31, 2016, interest rate swap agreements were used to hedge approximately $1.4 billion of outstanding fixed rate long-term borrowings. Further information on interest rate swap agreements is provided in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Changes in the composition of the Company’s earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as discussed herein, as well as changes in interest rates and spreads, can impact net interest income. Net interest spread, or the difference between the taxable-equivalent yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.01% in the recent quarter and 2.97% in the first quarter of 2015. The yield on earning assets during each of the initial quarters of 2016 and 2015 was 3.54%, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 4 basis points to .53% in the recent quarter from .57% in the year-earlier period. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the net interest spread was 2.94%, the yield on earning assets was 3.48% and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was .54%. The widening of the net interest spread in the recent quarter as compared with the first quarter of 2015 reflects a higher proportion of deposits and short-term borrowings as components of interest-bearing liabilities and lower rates paid on long-term borrowings. The 7 basis point improvement in the net interest spread as compared with the final 2015 quarter was largely due to the full-quarter effect of the increase in short-term interest rates initiated by the Federal Reserve in mid-December 2015 that contributed to higher yields on loans and leases.

Net interest-free funds consist largely of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, partially offset by bank owned life insurance and non-earning assets, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. Net interest-free funds averaged $35.1 billion in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $29.3 billion and $34.0 billion in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. The increases in average net interest-free funds in the two most recent quarters as compared with the first quarter of 2015 reflect higher average balances of noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. Those deposits averaged $28.9 billion in the recent quarter, compared with $25.8 billion and $28.4 billion in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. In connection with the acquisition of Hudson City, the Company added noninterest-bearing deposits of $691 million at the acquisition date. In addition to the impact of the merger, growth in noninterest-bearing deposits since the first quarter of 2015 was due, in part, to higher deposits of commercial and trust customers. The rise in average shareholders’ equity included $3.1 billion of common equity issued in connection with the acquisition of Hudson City as well as net retained earnings. Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets averaged $4.7 billion in the recent quarter, compared with $3.6 billion in the first quarter of 2015 and $4.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. Goodwill of $1.1 billion and core deposit intangible of $132 million resulted from the Hudson City acquisition. The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance averaged $1.7 billion in each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance and benefits received are not included in interest income, but rather are recorded in “other revenues from operations.” The contribution of net interest-free funds to net interest margin was .17% in the first quarter of 2016, compared with .20% in the first quarter of 2015 and .18% in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Reflecting the changes to the net interest spread and the contribution of net interest-free funds as described herein, the Company’s net interest margin was 3.18% in the first quarter of 2016, compared with 3.17% in the first quarter of 2015 and 3.12% in the fourth quarter of 2015. Future changes in market interest rates or spreads, as well as changes in the composition of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that result in reductions in spreads, could adversely impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin.

Management assesses the potential impact of future changes in interest rates and spreads by projecting net interest income under several interest rate scenarios. In managing interest rate risk, the Company has utilized

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its interest-bearing liabilities. Periodic settlement amounts arising from these agreements are reflected in the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $1.4 billion at each of March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. Under the terms of those interest rate swap agreements, the Company received payments based on the outstanding notional amount at fixed rates and made payments at variable rates. Those interest rate swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate long-term borrowings. There were no interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges at those respective dates.

In a fair value hedge, the fair value of the derivative (the interest rate swap agreement) and changes in the fair value of the hedged item are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The amounts of hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the quarters ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015 were not material to the Company’s results of operations. The estimated aggregate fair value of interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges represented gains of approximately $41 million at March 31, 2016, $73 million at March 31, 2015 and $44 million at December 31, 2015. The fair values of such interest rate swap agreements were substantially offset by changes in the fair values of the hedged items. The changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items primarily result from the effects of changing interest rates and spreads. The Company’s credit exposure as of March 31, 2016 with respect to the estimated fair value of interest rate swap agreements used for managing interest rate risk has been substantially mitigated through master netting arrangements with trading account interest rate contracts with the same counterparty as well as counterparty postings of $21 million of collateral with the Company.

The weighted-average rates to be received and paid under interest rate swap agreements currently in effect were 4.42% and 1.59%, respectively, at March 31, 2016. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes, the related effect on net interest income and margin, and the weighted-average interest rates paid or received on those swap agreements are presented in the accompanying table. Additional information about the Company’s use of interest rate swap agreements and other derivatives is included in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

Dollars in thousands

 

     Three months ended March 31  
     2016     2015  
     Amount      Rate (a)     Amount      Rate (a)  

Increase (decrease) in:

          

Interest income

   $ —           —     $ —           —  

Interest expense

     (10,333      (.05     (11,277      (.08
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net interest income/margin

   $ 10,333         .04   $ 11,277         .06
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average notional amount

   $ 1,400,000         $ 1,400,000      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Rate received (b)

        4.42        4.42

Rate paid (b)

        1.45        1.20
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(a) Computed as an annualized percentage of average earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities.
(b) Weighted-average rate paid or received on interest rate swap agreements in effect during the period.

As a financial intermediary, the Company is exposed to various risks, including liquidity and market risk. Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future obligations, including demands for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs, and other corporate purposes. Liquidity risk arises whenever the maturities of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities differ. The Company has, from time to time, issued subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities to provide liquidity and enhance regulatory capital ratios. However, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company’s junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities have been phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 capital. Effective January 1, 2015, 75% of such securities were excluded from the Company’s Tier 1 capital, and beginning January 1, 2016, 100% were excluded. The amounts excluded from Tier 1 capital are includable in total capital. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, in April 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III.

The Company has informal and sometimes reciprocal sources of funding available through various arrangements for unsecured short-term borrowings from a wide group of banks and other financial institutions. Short-term federal funds borrowings were $157 million at March 31, 2016, $155 million at March 31, 2015 and $99 million at December 31, 2015. In general, those borrowings were unsecured and matured on the next business day. In addition to satisfying customer demand, Cayman Islands office deposits may be used by the Company as an alternative to short-term borrowings. Cayman Islands office deposits totaled $167 million, $179 million and $170 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company has also benefited from the placement of brokered deposits. The Company has brokered interest-bearing transaction and brokered money-market deposit accounts which aggregated approximately $1.1 billion at each of March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, compared with $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015. Brokered time deposits were not a significant source of funding as of those dates.

The Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could be negatively impacted should the Company experience a substantial deterioration in its financial condition or its debt ratings, or should the availability of short-term funding become restricted due to a disruption in the financial markets. The Company attempts to quantify such credit-event risk by modeling scenarios that estimate the liquidity impact resulting from a short-term ratings downgrade over various grading levels. Such impact is estimated by attempting to measure the effect on available unsecured lines of credit,

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

available capacity from secured borrowing sources and securitizable assets. In addition to deposits and borrowings, other sources of liquidity include maturities of investment securities and other earning assets, repayments of loans and investment securities, and cash generated from operations, such as fees collected for services.

Certain customers of the Company obtain financing through the issuance of variable rate demand bonds (“VRDBs”). The VRDBs are generally enhanced by letters of credit provided by M&T Bank. M&T Bank oftentimes acts as remarketing agent for the VRDBs and, at its discretion, may from time-to-time own some of the VRDBs while such instruments are remarketed. When this occurs, the VRDBs are classified as trading account assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Nevertheless, M&T Bank is not contractually obligated to purchase the VRDBs. The value of VRDBs in the Company’s trading account totaled $37 million and $11 million at March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, while less than $1 million were held at December 31, 2015. The total amount of VRDBs outstanding backed by M&T Bank letters of credit was $1.7 billion at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, compared with $1.9 billion at March 31, 2015. M&T Bank also serves as remarketing agent for most of those bonds.

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business which require future cash payments. Such obligations include, among others, payments related to deposits, borrowings, leases and other contractual commitments. Off-balance sheet commitments to customers may impact liquidity, including commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit, financial guarantees and indemnification contracts, and commitments to sell real estate loans. Because many of these commitments or contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows. Further discussion of these commitments is provided in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements.

M&T’s primary source of funds to pay for operating expenses, shareholder dividends and treasury stock repurchases has historically been the receipt of dividends from its banking subsidiaries, which are subject to various regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the two preceding years. For purposes of that test, at March 31, 2016 approximately $1.3 billion was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Information regarding the long-term debt obligations of M&T is included in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Management closely monitors the Company’s liquidity position on an ongoing basis for compliance with internal policies and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet funding needs anticipated in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or in the long-term, for which adequate funding would not be available and would therefore result in a significant strain on liquidity at either M&T or its subsidiary banks. Banking regulators have finalized rules requiring a banking company to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets to withstand a standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario. The effective date for those rules for the Company was January 1, 2016, subject to a phase-in period. The Company has taken steps as noted herein to enhance its liquidity and is in compliance with the phase-in requirements of the rules.

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and/or interest rates of the Company’s financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arises from the Company’s core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking, because assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Company is subject to the effects of changing interest rates. The Company measures interest rate risk by calculating the variability of net

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

interest income in future periods under various interest rate scenarios using projected balances for earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk. Management’s philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and investment securities, and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits. Management uses a “value of equity” model to supplement the modeling technique described above. Those supplemental analyses are based on discounted cash flows associated with on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such analyses are modeled to reflect changes in interest rates and provide management with a long-term interest rate risk metric.

The Company’s Asset-Liability Committee, which includes members of senior management, monitors the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates with the aid of a computer model that forecasts net interest income under different interest rate scenarios. In modeling changing interest rates, the Company considers different yield curve shapes that consider both parallel (that is, simultaneous changes in interest rates at each point on the yield curve) and non-parallel (that is, allowing interest rates at points on the yield curve to vary by different amounts) shifts in the yield curve. In utilizing the model, projections of net interest income calculated under the varying interest rate scenarios are compared to a base interest rate scenario that is reflective of current interest rates. The model considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit-gathering activities, as well as interrelationships in the magnitude and timing of the repricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk through the use of on- or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

The accompanying table as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 displays the estimated impact on net interest income from non-trading financial instruments in the base scenario described above resulting from parallel changes in interest rates across repricing categories during the first modeling year.

SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME

TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

Dollars in thousands

 

    

Calculated increase (decrease)

in projected net interest income

 

Changes in interest rates

   March 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

+200 basis points

   $ 280,537       $ 243,958   

+100 basis points

     163,692         145,169   

-50 basis points

     (115,291      (99,603

The Company utilized many assumptions to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates may have on net interest income. The more significant of those assumptions included the rate of prepayments of mortgage-related assets, cash flows from derivative and other financial instruments held for non-trading purposes, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit maturities. In the scenarios presented, the Company also assumed gradual increases in interest rates during a twelve-month period of 100 and 200 basis points, as compared with the assumed base scenario, as well as a gradual decrease of 50 basis points. In the declining rate scenario, the rate changes may be limited to lesser amounts such that interest rates remain positive at all points on the yield curve. In 2016,

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

the Company suspended the -100 basis point scenario due to the persistent low level of interest rates. This scenario will be reinstated if and when interest rates rise sufficiently to make the analysis more meaningful. The assumptions used in interest rate sensitivity modeling are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Company cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates and changes in market conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/repricing categories, as well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such changes.

Changes in fair value of the Company’s financial instruments can also result from a lack of trading activity for similar instruments in the financial markets. That impact is most notable on the values assigned to some of the Company’s investment securities. Information about the fair valuation of investment securities is presented herein under the heading “Capital” and in notes 3 and 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company engages in limited trading account activities to meet the financial needs of customers and to fund the Company’s obligations under certain deferred compensation plans. Financial instruments utilized in trading account activities consist predominantly of interest rate contracts, such as swap agreements, and forward and futures contracts related to foreign currencies. The Company generally mitigates the foreign currency and interest rate risk associated with trading account activities by entering into offsetting trading positions that are also included in the trading account. The fair values of the offsetting trading account positions associated with interest rate contracts and foreign currency and other option and futures contracts are presented in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements. The amounts of gross and net trading account positions, as well as the type of trading account activities conducted by the Company, are subject to a well-defined series of potential loss exposure limits established by management and approved by M&T’s Board of Directors. However, as with any non-government guaranteed financial instrument, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to the Company’s trading account activities.

The notional amounts of interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes aggregated $18.9 billion at March 31, 2016, $17.1 billion at March 31, 2015 and $18.4 billion at December 31, 2015. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes totaled $2.8 billion at March 31, 2016, compared with $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion at March 31 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Although the notional amounts of these contracts are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, the fair values of all financial instruments used for trading account activities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values of all trading account assets and liabilities were $468 million and $296 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016, $363 million and $240 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015, and $274 million and $161 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Included in trading account assets were assets related to deferred compensation plans totaling $22 million at March 31, 2016, compared with $25 million at March 31, 2015 and $24 million at December 31, 2015. Changes in the fair value of such assets are recorded as “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income. Included in “other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2016 were $26 million of liabilities related to deferred compensation plans, compared with $29 million and $28 million at March 31 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in the balances of such liabilities due to the valuation of allocated investment options to which the liabilities are indexed are recorded in “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income. Also included in trading account assets were investments in mutual funds and other assets that

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

the Company was required to hold under terms of certain non-qualified supplemental retirement and other benefit plans that were assumed by the Company in various acquisitions. Those assets totaled $48 million, $24 million, and $33 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Given the Company’s policies, limits and positions, management believes that the potential loss exposure to the Company resulting from market risk associated with trading account activities was not material, however, as previously noted, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to transactions related to the Company’s trading account activities. Additional information about the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments in its trading account activities is included in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. The provision for credit losses in the first quarter of 2016 was $49 million, compared with $38 million in the year-earlier quarter and $58 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. A $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015, in accordance with GAAP, related to loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition that had a fair value in excess of outstanding principal. GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses on such loans be recorded beyond the recognition of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Net loan charge-offs were $42 million in the recent quarter, compared with $36 million in each of the first and fourth quarters of 2015. Net charge-offs as an annualized percentage of average loans and leases were .19% in the initial 2016 quarter, compared with .22% in the year-earlier quarter and .18% in the final 2015 quarter. A summary of net charge-offs by loan type is presented in the table that follows.

NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES)

BY LOAN/LEASE TYPE

In thousands

 

     First Quarter
2016
     First Quarter
2015
     Fourth Quarter
2015
 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 902         8,411         (3,358

Real estate:

        

Commercial

     (1,141      6,094         (1,743

Residential

     5,085         2,129         2,462   

Consumer

     37,394         19,555         38,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 42,240         36,189         35,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in net charge-offs of consumer loans and leases were net charge-offs during the quarters ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively, of: automobile loans of $11 million, $4 million and $3 million; recreational vehicle loans of $12 million, $3 million and $3 million; and home equity loans and lines of credit of $5 million, $6 million and $3 million. During the first quarter of 2016, the Company charged off consumer loans associated with customers who were either deceased or had filed for bankruptcy that, in accordance with GAAP, had previously been considered when determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Such charge-offs totaled $14 million in the recent quarter and included $11 million of loan balances with a current payment status. Net charge-offs of consumer loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 included a $20 million charge-off of a single personal usage loan obtained in a previous acquisition.

Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of acquired loans requires estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For acquired loans where fair value was less than outstanding principal as of the acquisition date and the resulting discount was due, at least in part, to credit deterioration, the excess of expected cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is recognized as interest income over the lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable balance and is not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The nonaccretable balance reflects estimated future credit losses and other contractually required payments that the Company does not expect to collect. The Company regularly evaluates the reasonableness of its cash flow projections associated with such loans. Any decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of loan balances. Any significant increases in expected cash flows result in additional interest income to be recognized over the then-remaining lives of the loans. The carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount subsequent to 2008 and accounted for based on expected cash flows was $2.3 billion, $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The decrease in the recent quarter as compared with December 31, 2015 was largely attributable to payments received. The nonaccretable balance related to remaining principal losses associated with loans acquired at a discount as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented in the accompanying table.

NONACCRETABLE BALANCE - PRINCIPAL

 

     Remaining balance  
     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 6,565         10,806   

Commercial real estate

     49,640         48,173   

Residential real estate

     91,093         113,478   

Consumer

     15,207         17,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 162,505         190,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For acquired loans where the fair value exceeded the outstanding principal balance, the resulting premium is recognized as a reduction of interest income over the lives of the loans. Immediately following the acquisition date and thereafter, an allowance for credit losses is recorded for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio, consistent with the accounting for originated loans and leases. The carrying amount of Hudson City loans acquired at a premium was $17.0 billion and $17.8 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. As noted previously, a $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015 for incurred losses inherent in those loans. GAAP does not allow the credit loss component of the net premium associated with those loans to be bifurcated and accounted for as a nonaccreting balance as is the case with purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount. Despite the fact that the determination of aggregate fair value reflects the impact of expected credit losses, GAAP provides that incurred losses in a portfolio of loans acquired at a premium be recognized even though in a relatively homogenous portfolio of residential mortgage loans the specific loans to which the losses relate cannot be individually identified at the acquisition date.

Nonaccrual loans totaled $877 million or 1.00% of total loans and leases outstanding at March 31, 2016, compared with $791 million or 1.18% a

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

year earlier and $799 million or .91% at December 31, 2015. The increase in nonaccrual loans at the most recent quarter-end as compared with March 31, and December 31, 2015 reflects the normal migration of previously performing loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that became over 90 days past due during the recent quarter and, as such, were not identifiable as purchased impaired as of the acquisition date.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $336 million or .38% of total loans and leases at March 31, 2016, compared with $237 million or .35% at March 31, 2015 and $317 million or .36% at December 31, 2015. Those loans included loans guaranteed by government-related entities of $279 million, $194 million and $276 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Such guaranteed loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City totaled $44 million at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Guaranteed loans also included one-to-four family residential mortgage loans serviced by the Company that were repurchased to reduce associated servicing costs, including a requirement to advance principal and interest payments that had not been received from individual mortgagors. Despite the loans being purchased by the Company, the insurance or guarantee by the applicable government-related entity remains in force. The outstanding principal balances of the repurchased loans that are guaranteed by government-related entities totaled $226 million, $178 million and $221 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The remaining accruing loans past due 90 days or more not guaranteed by government-related entities were loans considered to be with creditworthy borrowers that were in the process of collection or renewal.

Purchased impaired loans are loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that as of the acquisition date were specifically identified as displaying signs of credit deterioration and for which the Company did not expect to collect all outstanding principal and contractually required interest payments. Those loans were impaired at the date of acquisition, were recorded at estimated fair value and were generally delinquent in payments, but, in accordance with GAAP, the Company continues to accrue interest income on such loans based on the estimated expected cash flows associated with the loans. The carrying amount of such loans was $716 million at March 31, 2016, or approximately .8% of total loans. Of that amount, $624 million is related to the Hudson City acquisition. Purchased impaired loans totaled $184 million and $768 million at March 31 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Accruing loans acquired at a discount past due 90 days or more are loans that could not be specifically identified as impaired as of the acquisition date, but were recorded at estimated fair value as of such date. Such loans totaled $62 million at March 31, 2016, compared with $80 million at March 31, 2015 and $68 million at December 31, 2015.

In an effort to assist borrowers, the Company modified the terms of select loans. If the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty and a concession was granted, the Company considered such modifications as troubled debt restructurings. Loan modifications included such actions as the extension of loan maturity dates and the lowering of interest rates and monthly payments. The objective of the modifications was to increase loan repayments by customers and thereby reduce net charge-offs. In accordance with GAAP, the modified loans are included in impaired loans for purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Information about modifications of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings is included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

Residential real estate loans modified under specified loss mitigation programs prescribed by government guarantors have not been included in renegotiated loans because the loan guarantee remains in full force and, accordingly, the Company has not granted a concession with respect to the ultimate collection of the original loan balance. Such loans aggregated $155 million, $153 million and $147 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Nonaccrual commercial loans and leases aggregated $280 million at March 31, 2016, $195 million at March 31, 2015 and $242 million at December 31, 2015. The largest commercial loans placed in nonaccrual status since March 31, 2015 were a $24 million relationship with a commercial maintenance services provider with operations in New Jersey and Pennsylvania that was placed in nonaccrual status in the third quarter of 2015 and a $40 million relationship with a multi-regional manufacturer of refractory brick and other cast-able products placed in nonaccrual status in the first quarter of 2016. Commercial real estate loans classified as nonaccrual totaled $224 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and $232 million at March 31, 2015. Nonaccrual commercial real estate loans included construction-related loans of $53 million, $90 million and $45 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Those nonaccrual construction loans included loans to residential builders and developers of $32 million and $65 million at March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $28 million at December 31, 2015. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off loans to residential real estate builders and developers as of and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2016 is presented in the accompanying table.

RESIDENTIAL BUILDER AND DEVELOPER LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

 

     March 31, 2016     Quarter ended
March 31, 2016
 
            Nonaccrual     Net charge-offs
(recoveries)
 
     Outstanding
balances (b)
     Balances      Percent of
outstanding
balances
    Balances     Annualized
percent of
average
outstanding
balances
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

New York

   $ 823,828       $ 2,868         .35   $ 71        .01

Pennsylvania

     136,965         26,898         19.64        (18     (.01

Mid-Atlantic(a)

     428,913         3,740         .87        (952     (.22

Other

     450,849         1,277         .28        —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,840,555       $ 34,783         1.89   $ (899     (.05 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.
(b) Includes approximately $18 million of loans not secured by real estate, of which approximately $2 million are in nonaccrual status.

Residential real estate loans in nonaccrual status at March 31, 2016 were $263 million, compared with $246 million at March 31, 2015 and $215 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual at March 31, 2016 as compared with December 31, 2015 reflects the normal migration of $80 million of previously performing loans obtained with the acquisition of Hudson City that became more than 90 days delinquent during the recent quarter. Those loans could not be identified as purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date because the borrowers were making current loan payments at the time and the loans were not recorded at a

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

discount. The decrease in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual from March 31, 2015 to December 31, 2015 reflects improved repayment performance by customers. Included in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual were limited documentation first mortgage loans of $76 million, $74 million and $62 million at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Limited documentation first mortgage loans represent loans secured by residential real estate that at origination typically included some form of limited borrower documentation requirements as compared with more traditional loans. Such loans in the Company’s portfolio prior to the Hudson City transaction were originated by the Company before 2008. Hudson City discontinued its limited documentation loan program in January 2014. Residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $279 million (including $44 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City) at March 31, 2016, compared with $197 million a year earlier and $284 million at December 31, 2015. A substantial portion of such amounts related to guaranteed loans repurchased from government-related entities. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off residential real estate loans as of and for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 is presented in the accompanying table.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

SELECTED RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE-RELATED LOAN DATA

 

     March 31, 2016     Quarter ended
March 31, 2016
 
            Nonaccrual     Net charge-offs
(recoveries)
 
     Outstanding
balances
     Balances      Percent of
outstanding
balances
    Balances     Annualized
percent of
average
outstanding
balances
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Residential mortgages:

            

New York

   $ 6,623,498       $ 68,450         1.03   $ 1,740        .10

Pennsylvania

     1,800,458         16,332         .91        736        .16   

Maryland

     1,309,386         13,567         1.04        483        .15   

New Jersey

     6,058,466         27,216         .45        454        .03   

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     1,127,285         12,800         1.14        217        .08   

Other

     4,242,521         47,061         1.11        452        .04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,161,614       $ 185,426         .88   $ 4,082        .08
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential construction loans:

            

New York

   $ 6,019       $ 23         .38   $ —          —  

Pennsylvania

     4,678         482         10.31        13        1.15   

Maryland

     4,269         —           —          —          —     

New Jersey

     890         —           —          —          —     

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     3,207         —           —          —          —     

Other

     11,414         521         4.56        19        .62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,477       $ 1,026         3.37   $ 32        .41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited documentation first mortgages:

            

New York

   $ 1,717,886       $ 23,091         1.34   $ 574        .13

Pennsylvania

     86,663         4,858         5.61        25        .11   

Maryland

     48,923         2,755         5.63        164        1.34   

New Jersey

     1,612,316         13,541         .84        12        .01   

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     43,947         3,180         7.24        (84     (.75

Other

     597,812         28,840         4.82        280        .19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,107,547       $ 76,265         1.86   $ 971        .09
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

First lien home equity loans and lines of credit:

            

New York

   $ 1,333,557       $ 17,149         1.29   $ 365        .11

Pennsylvania

     864,700         9,746         1.13        270        .13   

Maryland

     702,543         6,675         .95        149        .08   

New Jersey

     41,188         234         .57        —          —     

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     211,391         498         .24        4        .01   

Other

     19,789         1,368         6.91        1        .02   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,173,168       $ 35,670         1.12   $ 789        .10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit:

            

New York

   $ 942,014       $ 26,558         2.82   $ 2,021        .80

Pennsylvania

     382,366         3,464         .91        745        .72   

Maryland

     855,594         7,004         .82        1,120        .49   

New Jersey

     131,933         2,068         1.57        13        .04   

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     321,220         1,226         .38        75        .09   

Other

     41,868         2,281         5.45        (1     (.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,674,995       $ 42,601         1.59   $ 3,973        .56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited documentation junior lien:

            

New York

   $ 841       $ —           —     $ 2        .73

Pennsylvania

     342         —           —          —          —     

Maryland

     1,604         72         4.50        —          —     

New Jersey

     389         —           —          —          —     

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

     745         —           —          —          —     

Other

     5,171         379         7.32        60        4.61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,092       $ 451         4.96   $ 62        2.71
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

Nonaccrual consumer loans aggregated $110 million at March 31, 2016, compared with $118 million at each of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. Included in nonaccrual consumer loans at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015 were: automobile loans of $15 million, $14 million and $17 million, respectively; recreational vehicle loans of $16 million, $9 million and $9 million, respectively; and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit of $79 million, $88 million and $84 million, respectively. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off home equity loans and lines of credit as of and for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 is presented in the accompanying table.

Real estate and other foreclosed assets totaled $188 million and $63 million at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and $195 million at December 31, 2015. The higher levels of real estate and other foreclosed assets at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 reflect residential real estate properties associated with the Hudson City acquisition, which totaled $121 million and $126 million at those respective dates. Gains or losses resulting from the sales of real estate and other foreclosed assets were not material in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 or December 31, 2015. At March 31, 2016, the Company’s holding of residential real estate-related properties comprised approximately 90% of foreclosed assets.

A comparative summary of nonperforming assets and certain past due loan data and credit quality ratios as of the end of the periods indicated is presented in the accompanying table.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

NONPERFORMING ASSET AND PAST DUE, RENEGOTIATED AND IMPAIRED LOAN DATA

Dollars in thousands

 

     2016
First Quarter
          2015 Quarters        
       Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 876,691        799,409        787,098        797,146        790,586   

Real estate and other foreclosed assets

     188,004        195,085        66,144        63,734        62,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 1,064,695        994,494        853,242        860,880        853,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more(a)

   $ 336,170        317,441        231,465        238,568        236,621   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Government guaranteed loans included in totals above:

          

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 49,688        47,052        48,955        58,259        60,508   

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

     279,340        276,285        193,998        206,775        193,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Renegotiated loans

   $ 200,771        182,865        189,639        197,145        198,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing loans acquired at a discount past due 90 days or more(b)

   $ 61,767        68,473        80,827        78,591        80,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchased impaired loans(c):

          

Outstanding customer balance

   $ 1,124,776        1,204,004        278,979        312,507        335,079   

Carrying amount

     715,874        768,329        149,421        169,240        184,018   

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     1.00     .91     1.15     1.17     1.18

Nonperforming assets to total net loans and leases and real estate and other foreclosed assets

     1.21     1.13     1.24     1.26     1.27

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (a) to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     .38     .36     .34     .35     .35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes loans acquired at a discount. Predominantly residential mortgage loans.
(b) Loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.
(c) Accruing loans acquired at a discount that were impaired at acquisition date and recorded at fair value.

Management determined the allowance for credit losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, including such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. Management evaluated the impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet repayment obligations when quantifying the Company’s exposure to credit losses and the allowance for such losses as of each reporting date. Factors also considered by management when performing its assessment, in addition to general economic conditions and the other factors described above, included, but were not limited to: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on the Company’s portfolio of loans to residential real estate builders and developers and

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City metropolitan area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than the vast majority of other regions of the country; (iv) the expected repayment performance associated with the Company’s first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate, including loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that were not classified as purchased impaired; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than other loan types. The level of the allowance is adjusted based on the results of management’s analysis.

Management cautiously and conservatively evaluated the allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2016 in light of: (i) residential real estate values and the level of delinquencies of loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) economic conditions in the markets served by the Company; (iii) slower growth in private sector employment in upstate New York and central Pennsylvania than in other regions served by the Company and nationally; (iv) the significant subjectivity involved in commercial real estate valuations; and (v) the amount of loan growth experienced by the Company. While there has been general improvement in economic conditions, concerns continue to exist about the strength and sustainability of such improvements; the troubled state of global commodity and export markets, including the impact international economic conditions could have on the U.S. economy; Federal Reserve positioning of monetary policy; and continued stagnant population growth in the upstate New York and central Pennsylvania regions (approximately 55% of the Company’s loans are to customers in New York State and Pennsylvania).

The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. Criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans were $2.3 billion at March 31, 2016, compared with $2.1 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase since December 31, 2015 included $74 million related to commercial real estate loans and $91 million related to commercial loans. Approximately 94% of loan balances added to the criticized category during the recent quarter were less than 90 days past due and 91% had a current payment status. The borrower industries most significantly impacting the higher level of criticized loans were investment real estate, services and manufacturing.

Loan officers with the support of loan review personnel in different geographic locations are responsible to continuously review and reassign loan grades to pass and criticized loans based on their detailed knowledge of individual borrowers and their judgment of the impact on such borrowers resulting from changing conditions in their respective geographic regions. At least annually, updated financial information is obtained from commercial borrowers associated with pass grade loans and additional analysis is performed. On a quarterly basis, the Company’s centralized loan review department reviews all criticized commercial and commercial real estate loans greater than $1 million to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

nonaccruing. For criticized nonaccrual loans, additional meetings are held with loan officers and their managers, workout specialists and senior management to discuss each of the relationships. In analyzing criticized loans, borrower-specific information is reviewed, including operating results, future cash flows, recent developments and the borrower’s outlook, and other pertinent data. The timing and extent of potential losses, considering collateral valuation and other factors, and the Company’s potential courses of action are reviewed. To the extent that these loans are collateral-dependent, they are evaluated based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral as estimated at or near the financial statement date. As the quality of a loan deteriorates to the point of classifying the loan as “criticized,” the process of obtaining updated collateral valuation information is usually initiated, unless it is not considered warranted given factors such as the relative size of the loan, the characteristics of the collateral or the age of the last valuation. In those cases where current appraisals may not yet be available, prior appraisals are utilized with adjustments, as deemed necessary, for estimates of subsequent declines in value as determined by line of business and/or loan workout personnel in the respective geographic regions. Those adjustments are reviewed and assessed for reasonableness by the Company’s loan review department. Accordingly, for real estate collateral securing larger commercial and commercial real estate loans, estimated collateral values are based on current appraisals and estimates of value. For non-real estate loans, collateral is assigned a discounted estimated liquidation value and, depending on the nature of the collateral, is verified through field exams or other procedures. In assessing collateral, real estate and non-real estate values are reduced by an estimate of selling costs. With regard to residential real estate loans, the Company’s loss identification and estimation techniques make reference to loan performance and house price data in specific areas of the country where collateral securing the Company’s residential real estate loans is located. For residential real estate-related loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. That charge-off is based on recent indications of value from external parties that are generally obtained shortly after a loan becomes nonaccrual. Loans to consumers that file for bankruptcy are generally charged-off to estimated net collateral value shortly after the Company is notified of such filings. At March 31, 2016, approximately 54% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consisted of first lien loans and lines of credit. Of the remaining junior lien loans in the portfolio, approximately 72% (or approximately 33% of the aggregate home equity portfolio) consisted of junior lien loans that were behind a first lien mortgage loan that was not owned or serviced by the Company. To the extent known by the Company, if a senior lien loan would be on nonaccrual status because of payment delinquency, even if such senior lien loan was not owned by the Company, the junior lien loan or line that is owned by the Company is placed on nonaccrual status. At March 31, 2016, the balance of junior lien loans and lines that were in nonaccrual status solely as a result of first lien loan performance was $23 million, compared with $22 million at each of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. In monitoring the credit quality of its home equity portfolio for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company reviews delinquency and nonaccrual information and considers recent charge-off experience. When evaluating individual home equity loans and lines of credit for charge off, if the Company does not know the amount of the remaining first lien mortgage loan (typically because the Company does not own or service the first lien loan), the Company assumes that the first lien mortgage loan has had no principal amortization since the origination of the junior lien loan. Similarly, data used in estimating incurred losses for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses also assumes no reductions in outstanding principal of first lien loans since the origination of the junior lien loan. Home equity line of credit terms vary but such lines are generally originated with an open draw period of ten years followed by an amortization period of up to twenty years. At March 31, 2016,

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

approximately 86% of all outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit related to lines that were still in the draw period, the weighted-average remaining draw periods were approximately five years, and approximately 21% were making contractually allowed payments that do not include repayment of principal.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective, as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases. In quantifying incurred losses, the Company considers the factors and uses the techniques described herein and in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company segments its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amount of specific loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans in nonaccrual status. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values or other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. Losses associated with residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. These forecasts give consideration to overall borrower repayment performance and current geographic region changes in collateral values using third party published historical price indices or automated valuation methodologies. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a junior lien position. Approximately 46% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consists of junior lien loans and lines of credit. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogeneous loans and are evaluated collectively and loans obtained at a discount in acquisition transactions, the Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more and has been placed in nonaccrual status. Those impaired loans are evaluated for specific loss components. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have a minimal delay in payment and are generally not considered to be impaired. Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For loans acquired at a discount, the impact of estimated future credit losses represents the predominant difference between contractually required payments

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

and the cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases to those expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of acquired loan balances. Additional information regarding the Company’s process for determining the allowance for credit losses is included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses at March 31, 2016 appropriately reflected credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of that date. The allowance for credit losses was $963 million, or 1.10% of total loans and leases at March 31, 2016, compared with $921 million or 1.37% at March 31, 2015 and $956 million or 1.09% at December 31, 2015. The ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at each respective date reflects the impact of loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that have been recorded at estimated fair value. As noted earlier, GAAP prohibits any carry-over of an allowance for credit losses for acquired loans recorded at fair value. However, for loans acquired at a premium, GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses be recognized for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio. The declines in the ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 from March 31, 2015 reflects the impact of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio using the methodology and considering the factors as described herein. Should the various credit factors considered by management in establishing the allowance for credit losses change and should management’s assessment of losses inherent in the loan portfolios also change, the level of the allowance as a percentage of loans could increase or decrease in future periods. The ratio of the allowance to nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2016 was 110%, compared with 117% a year earlier and 120% at December 31, 2015. Given the Company’s general position as a secured lender and its practice of charging-off loan balances when collection is deemed doubtful, that ratio and changes in that ratio are generally not an indicative measure of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses, nor does management rely upon that ratio in assessing the adequacy of the allowance. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio as of each respective date.

Other Income

Other income totaled $421 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $440 million in the year-earlier quarter and $448 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The most significant factors contributing to the decline in other income from the first quarter of 2015 were a $20 million decrease in mortgage banking revenues and a $13 million decrease in trust income, partially offset by increases in bank-owned life insurance income and credit-related fees. As compared with the fourth quarter of 2015, the recent quarter decline in other income reflected lower loan syndication fees and declines in commercial mortgage banking revenues, service charges on deposit accounts and trust income.

Mortgage banking revenues totaled $82 million in the recent quarter, compared with $102 million in the initial quarter of 2015 and $88 million in the final 2015 quarter. Mortgage banking revenues are comprised of both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities. The Company’s involvement in commercial mortgage banking activities includes the origination, sales and servicing of loans under the multi-family loan programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

Residential mortgage banking revenues, consisting of realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights, unrealized gains and losses on residential real estate loans held for sale and related commitments, residential real estate loan servicing fees, and

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

other residential real estate loan-related fees and income, were $60 million in each of the first quarter of 2016 and the final quarter of 2015, compared with $79 million in the first quarter of 2015. As compared with the first quarter of 2015, the recent quarter decline in residential mortgage banking revenues reflects a decline in revenues associated with servicing residential real estate loans for others and lower gains from origination activities, due largely to decreased volumes of loans originated for sale.

New commitments to originate residential real estate loans to be sold were approximately $659 million in 2016’s initial quarter, compared with $936 million in the year-earlier quarter and $667 million in the final quarter of 2015. Realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights and recognized net unrealized gains and losses attributable to residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans totaled to gains of $14 million in each of the first quarter of 2016 and the final 2015 quarter, compared with gains of $21 million in the first quarter of 2015.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges varies based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Residential mortgage banking revenues during each of the first quarter of 2016 and the first and final quarters of 2015 were reduced by $1 million related to the actual or anticipated settlement of repurchase obligations.

Loans held for sale that were secured by residential real estate totaled $269 million and $423 million at March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $353 million at December 31, 2015. Commitments to sell residential real estate loans and commitments to originate residential real estate loans for sale at pre-determined rates were $646 million and $521 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016, compared with $859 million and $661 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015, and $687 million and $489 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Net recognized unrealized gains on residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to sell loans, and commitments to originate loans for sale were $17 million and $21 million at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and $16 million at December 31, 2015. Changes in such net unrealized gains are recorded in mortgage banking revenues and resulted in net increases in revenue of $1 million in the most recent quarter and $2 million in the year-earlier quarter, compared with a net decrease in revenue of $3 million in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Revenues from servicing residential real estate loans for others were $45 million in the recent quarter, compared with $58 million and $46 million during the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Residential real estate loans serviced for others totaled $60.0 billion at March 31, 2016, $65.0 billion at March 31, 2015 and $61.7 billion at December 31, 2015. Reflected in residential real estate loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $36.3 billion, $40.4 billion and $37.8 billion at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans were $23 million in the first quarter of 2016, $35 million in the year-earlier quarter and $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The contractual servicing rights associated with loans sub-serviced by the Company were predominantly held by affiliates of Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”).

Capitalized servicing rights consist largely of servicing associated with loans sold by the Company. Capitalized residential mortgage loan

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

servicing assets totaled $118 million at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, compared with $111 million at March 31, 2015.

Commercial mortgage banking revenues were $22 million in the most recent quarter, compared with $23 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $27 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Included in such amounts were revenues from loan origination and sales activities of $12 million in the first quarter of 2016, $13 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $15 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Commercial real estate loans originated for sale to other investors totaled approximately $355 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $455 million and $464 million in the first and fourth quarters of 2015, respectively. Loan servicing revenues were $10 million in each of the first quarters of 2016 and 2015, compared with $12 million in the final quarter of 2015. Capitalized commercial mortgage servicing assets aggregated $84 million at each of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, compared with $74 million at March 31, 2015. Commercial real estate loans serviced for other investors totaled $10.9 billion, $11.4 billion and $11.0 billion at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and included $2.6 billion, $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, of loan balances for which investors had recourse to the Company if such balances are ultimately uncollectible. Commitments to sell commercial real estate loans and commitments to originate commercial real estate loans for sale were $312 million and $184 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016, $464 million and $347 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and $96 million and $58 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Commercial real estate loans held for sale at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015 were $128 million, $117 million, and $39 million, respectively.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $102 million in each of the first quarters of 2016 and 2015, compared with $106 million in the final 2015 quarter. The recent quarter’s decline as compared with the fourth quarter of 2015 was largely due to seasonally lower consumer deposit service charges, particularly overdraft fees.

Trust income includes fees related to two significant businesses. The Institutional Client Services (“ICS”) business provides a variety of trustee, agency, investment management and administrative services for corporations and institutions, investment bankers, corporate tax, finance and legal executives, and other institutional clients who: (i) use capital markets financing structures; (ii) use independent trustees to hold retirement plan and other assets; and (iii) need investment and cash management services. The Wealth Advisory Services (“WAS”) business helps high net worth clients grow their wealth, protect it, and transfer it to their heirs. A comprehensive array of wealth management services are offered, including asset management, fiduciary services and family office services. Trust income totaled $111 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $124 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $115 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Revenues associated with the ICS business were approximately $52 million, $61 million and $54 million during the quarters ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The ICS revenue decline in the two most recent quarters as compared with the first quarter of 2015 reflects the April 2015 divestiture of the trade processing business within the retirement services division of ICS. Revenues related to that business reflected in trust income (in the ICS business) during the first quarter of 2015 were approximately $9 million. After considering related expenses, including the portion of those revenues paid to sub-advisors, net income attributable to the sold business was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company in 2015’s initial quarter. Revenues attributable to WAS were approximately $51 million and $56 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $52 million for the three-month period ended December 31, 2015. The decline in such recent quarter revenues as compared with the first and fourth quarters

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

of 2015 was due largely to lower customer balances and market performance. Total trust assets, which include assets under management and assets under administration, aggregated $200.0 billion at March 31, 2016, compared with $293.4 billion and $199.2 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The declines in trust assets at the two most recent quarter-ends as compared with March 31, 2015 were predominantly due to the customer account balances included in the April 2015 sale of the trade processing business. Trust assets under management were $66.2 billion, $69.4 billion and $66.7 billion at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Additional trust income from investment management activities totaled $8 million in the recent quarter, $9 million in the fourth quarter of 2015 and $7 million in the first quarter of 2015. That income largely relates to fees earned from retail customer investment accounts and from an affiliated investment manager. Assets managed by that affiliated manager were $6.7 billion at March 31, 2016, $9.4 billion at March 31, 2015 and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2015. The Company’s trust income from that affiliate was not material for any of the quarters then-ended. The Company’s proprietary mutual funds had assets of $11.4 billion, $12.8 billion and $12.2 billion at March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Brokerage services income, which includes revenues from the sale of mutual funds and annuities and securities brokerage fees, totaled $16 million in each of the two most recent quarters, compared with $15 million in the first quarter of 2015. Gains from trading account and foreign exchange activity totaled $7 million during the first quarter of 2016, compared with $6 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $10 million in the final 2015 quarter. The recent quarter decline as compared with the immediately preceding quarter resulted from lower activity related to interest rate swap transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers. Information about the notional amount of interest rate, foreign exchange and other contracts entered into by the Company for trading account purposes is included in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements and herein under the heading “Taxable-equivalent Net Interest Income.”

Other revenues from operations totaled $102 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $91 million in the year-earlier quarter and $115 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase in the recent quarter as compared with the year-earlier quarter reflects higher bank-owned life insurance income, credit-related fees and merchant discount and credit card fees. The recent quarter’s decline as compared with the final 2015 quarter was largely attributable to lower fees for providing loan syndication and corporate advisory services. Included in other revenues from operations were the following significant components. Letter of credit and other credit-related fees totaled $28 million in the recent quarter, compared with $26 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $42 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Tax-exempt income from bank owned life insurance, which includes increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies and benefits received, totaled $16 million during the recent quarter, compared with $11 million in the initial quarter of 2015 and $15 million in the final quarter of 2015. Revenues from merchant discount and credit card fees were $26 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2016, compared with $24 million and $28 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Insurance-related sales commissions and other revenues totaled $12 million in the initial quarter of 2016, compared with $11 million in the year-earlier quarter and $10 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG recognized using the equity method of accounting was $4 million in each of the first quarters of 2016 and 2015 and $3 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements. Other miscellaneous revenues and the changes in such revenues from period-to-period were not individually significant.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

Other Expense

Other expense totaled $776 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $686 million in the year-earlier quarter and $786 million in the final quarter of 2015. Included in those amounts are expenses considered by management to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $12 million in the most recent quarter, compared with $7 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $10 million in the fourth quarter of 2015 and merger-related expenses of $23 million in the first quarter of 2016 and $76 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. There were no merger-related expenses during the first quarter of 2015. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses totaled $741 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $680 million in the year-earlier quarter and $701 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The most significant factors contributing to the increase in the recent quarter as compared with the year-earlier period were costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, higher costs for salaries and employee benefits, and increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessments. The rise in noninterest operating expenses from the fourth quarter of 2015 reflected the full-quarter impact of the Hudson City acquisition, along with seasonally higher stock-based compensation and employee benefits expenses offset, in part, by lower professional services costs. Table 2 provides a reconciliation of other expense to noninterest operating expense.

Salaries and employee benefits expense totaled $432 million in 2016’s initial quarter, compared with $390 million in the year-earlier quarter and $434 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Merger-related salaries and employee benefits expenses were $51 million (consisting predominantly of severance) in the fourth quarter of 2015 and $5 million in the first quarter of 2016. As compared with the year-earlier period, the recent quarter reflects the impact of the additional employees associated with the Company’s expanded operations and the impact of annual merit increases for employees. Excluding merger-related expenses, the higher expense level in the recent quarter as compared with the final quarter of 2015 was largely attributable to seasonally higher stock-based compensation, medical plan costs, payroll-related taxes, unemployment insurance and the Company’s contributions for retirement savings plan benefits related to annual incentive compensation payments. The Company, in accordance with GAAP, has accelerated the recognition of compensation costs for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and employees who will become retirement-eligible prior to full vesting of the award. As a result, stock-based compensation expense during the first quarters of 2016 and 2015 included $16 million and $14 million, respectively, that would have been recognized over the normal vesting period if not for the accelerated expense recognition provisions of GAAP. That acceleration had no effect on the value of stock-based compensation awarded to employees. Salaries and employee benefits expense included stock-based compensation of $29 million and $28 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and $11 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2015. The number of full-time equivalent employees was 16,718 at March 31, 2016, compared with 15,263 and 16,979 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Excluding the nonoperating expenses described earlier from each quarter, nonpersonnel operating expenses were $314 million and $290 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and $317 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase in such expenses in the recent quarter as compared with the year-earlier quarter reflected higher equipment and net occupancy expenses and increased FDIC assessments due largely to the impact of the acquisition of Hudson City. The efficiency ratio measures the relationship of noninterest operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 57.0% in the first quarter of 2016, compared with 61.5% in the year-earlier period and 55.5% in the fourth

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

quarter of 2015. The calculation of the efficiency ratio is presented in table 2.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the first quarter of 2016 was $169 million, compared with $134 million in the year-earlier quarter and $140 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The effective tax rates were 36.2%, 35.6% and 34.1% for the quarters ended March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the provision for income taxes was reduced by $5 million to reflect technology research credits related to 2011 through 2014 that were accepted by the Internal Revenue Service in December 2015. The effective tax rate is affected by the level of income earned that is exempt from tax relative to the overall level of pre-tax income, the level of income allocated to the various state and local jurisdictions where the Company operates, because tax rates differ among such jurisdictions, and the impact of any large but infrequently occurring items.

The Company’s effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions within which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company’s interpretations by any of various tax authorities that may examine tax returns filed by M&T or any of its subsidiaries.

Capital

Shareholders’ equity was $16.4 billion at March 31, 2016, representing 13.12% of total assets, compared with $12.5 billion or 12.73% at March 31, 2015 and $16.2 billion or 13.17% at December 31, 2015.

Included in shareholders’ equity was preferred stock with a financial statement carrying value of $1.2 billion at each of March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015. Further information concerning M&T’s preferred stock can be found in note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Common shareholders’ equity aggregated $15.1 billion, or $95.00 per share, at March 31, 2016, compared with $11.3 billion, or $84.95 per share, a year earlier and $14.9 billion, or $93.60 per share, at December 31, 2015. In conjunction with the acquisition of Hudson City, M&T issued 25,953,950 common shares, which added $3.1 billion to common shareholders’ equity on November 1, 2015. Tangible equity per common share, which excludes goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and applicable deferred tax balances, was $65.65 at March 31, 2016, $58.29 at March 31, 2015 and $64.28 at December 31, 2015. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets was 8.71% at March 31, 2016, compared with 8.17% a year earlier and 8.69% at December 31, 2015. Reconciliations of total common shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity and total assets and tangible assets as of each of those respective dates are presented in table 2.

Shareholders’ equity reflects accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, which includes the net after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge has been recognized, gains or losses associated with interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments and adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Net unrealized gains on investment securities, net of applicable tax effect, were $145 million, or $.91 per common share, at March 31, 2016, compared with net unrealized gains of $153 million, or $1.15 per common share, at March 31, 2015 and $48 million, or $.30 per common share, at December 31, 2015. The higher unrealized gains at the recent quarter-end as compared with December 31, 2015 resulted largely

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

from a decline in yields on treasury securities with comparable duration to the majority of the Company’s government issued or guaranteed mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Information about unrealized gains and losses as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is included in note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Reflected in net unrealized gains at March 31, 2016 were pre-tax effect unrealized losses of $34 million on available-for-sale investment securities with an amortized cost of $1.7 billion and pre-tax effect unrealized gains of $297 million on securities with an amortized cost of $10.2 billion. The pre-tax effect unrealized losses reflect $26 million of losses on trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions having an amortized cost of $124 million and an estimated fair value of $98 million (generally considered Level 2 valuations). Further information concerning the Company’s valuations of available-for-sale investment securities is provided in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

As of March 31, 2016, based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio, the Company concluded that the declines in the values of any securities containing an unrealized loss were temporary and that any additional other-than-temporary impairment charges were not appropriate. It is likely that the Company will be required to sell certain of its collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio to comply with the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”. However, the amortized cost and fair value of those collateralized debt obligations were $24 million and $29 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016 and the Company does not expect that it would realize any material losses if it ultimately was required to sell such securities. As of that date, the Company did not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its other impaired securities, that is, where fair value is less than the cost basis of the security. The Company intends to continue to closely monitor the performance of its securities because changes in their underlying credit performance or other events could cause the cost basis of those securities to become other-than-temporarily impaired. However, because the unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities have generally already been reflected in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity, any recognition of an other-than-temporary decline in value of those investment securities would not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition. Any other-than-temporary impairment charge related to held-to-maturity securities would result in reductions in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity. Additional information concerning fair value measurements and the Company’s approach to the classification of such measurements is included in note 12 of the Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company assesses impairment losses on privately issued mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio by performing internal modeling to estimate bond-specific cash flows considering recent performance of the mortgage loan collateral and utilizing assumptions about future defaults and loss severity. These bond-specific cash flows also reflect the placement of the bond in the overall securitization structure and the remaining subordination levels. In total, at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had in its held-to-maturity portfolio privately issued mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $175 million and $181 million, respectively, and a fair value of $137 million and $142 million, respectively. At March 31, 2016, 89% of the mortgage-backed securities were in the most senior tranche of the securitization structure with 28% being independently rated as investment grade. The mortgage-backed securities are generally collateralized by residential and small-balance commercial real estate loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and had a weighted-average credit enhancement of 15% at March 31, 2016, calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinate to the

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

bonds owned by the Company plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure. All mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio had a current payment status as of March 31, 2016. The weighted-average default percentage and loss severity assumptions utilized in the Company’s internal modeling were 33% and 88%, respectively. The Company has concluded that as of March 31, 2016, its privately issued mortgage-backed securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Nevertheless, it is possible that adverse changes in the future performance of mortgage loan collateral underlying such securities could impact the Company’s conclusions.

Adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, net of applicable tax effect, reduced accumulated other comprehensive income by $293 million, or $1.84 per common share, at March 31, 2016, $297 million, or $1.86 per common share, at December 31, 2015, and $301 million, or $2.26 per common share, at March 31, 2015.

On March 12, 2015, M&T announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to M&T’s proposed 2015 Capital Plan. Accordingly, M&T was allowed to maintain a quarterly common stock dividend of $.70 per share; continue to pay dividends and interest on other equity and debt instruments included in regulatory capital, including preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt that were outstanding at December 31, 2014, consistent with the contractual terms of those instruments; repurchase up to $200 million of common shares during the first half of 2016; and redeem or repurchase up to $310 million of trust preferred securities. Those latter securities were redeemed in April 2015. Common and preferred dividends are subject to approval by M&T’s Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business. As the Hudson City transaction occurred later than contemplated in that 2015 Capital Plan, common stock dividends paid in relation to the common stock issued as merger consideration were less than projected. With the concurrence of the Federal Reserve, the distribution of that capital, approximately $54 million, is being re-allocated into the common stock repurchase program for the second quarter of 2016.

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during 2015. However, M&T commenced a program to repurchase its common shares in accordance with its approved 2015 Capital Plan, and in the first quarter of 2016 repurchased 948,545 shares for $100 million. M&T’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $154 million of common stock in the second quarter of 2016.

Cash dividends declared on M&T’s common stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 totaled $112 million, compared with $94 million in each of the quarters ended March 31 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and represented a quarterly dividend payment of $.70 per common share in each of those quarters. Cash dividends declared on preferred stock aggregated $20 million in each of the first quarters of 2016 and 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2015.

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy regulations established by the federal banking agencies. Pursuant to those regulations, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

 

    4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations);

 

    6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations);

 

    8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations); and

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents
    4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”), as defined in the regulation.

In addition, capital regulations provide for the phase-in of a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1 on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. For 2016, the phased-in transition portion of that buffer is .625%.

The regulatory capital ratios of the Company, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. as of March 31, 2016 are presented in the accompanying table.

REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS

March 31, 2016

 

     M&T
(Consolidated)
    M&T
Bank
    Wilmington
Trust, N.A.
 
      

Common equity Tier 1

     11.06     11.33     73.17

Tier 1 capital

     12.35     11.33     73.17

Total capital

     14.84     13.35     73.84

Tier 1 leverage

     9.96     9.15     20.72

The Company is also subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries, which includes regular examinations by a number of federal regulators. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors. Changes in laws, regulations and regulatory policies applicable to the Company’s operations can increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive environment in which the Company operates, all of which could have a material effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and in M&T’s ability to pay dividends.

For additional information concerning this comprehensive regulatory framework, refer to Part I, Item 1 of M&T’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of that Form 10-K under the heading “Regulatory Oversight.”

On June 17, 2013, M&T and M&T Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under the terms of the agreement, M&T and M&T Bank were required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York a revised compliance risk management program designed to ensure compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money-laundering laws and regulations (“BSA/AML”) and to take certain other steps to enhance their compliance practices. M&T and M&T Bank have since made substantial progress in implementing a BSA/AML program with significantly expanded scale and scope, as recognized by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in its Order approving M&T and M&T Bank’s applications to acquire Hudson City and Hudson City Savings Bank. M&T and M&T Bank are continuing to work towards the resolution of all outstanding issues in the written agreement.

Segment Information

As required by GAAP, the Company’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Financial information about the Company’s segments is presented in note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements. Effective July 1, 2015, the Company changed its internal profitability reporting to move a builder and developer lending unit from the Residential Mortgage Banking

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

segment to the Commercial Real Estate segment and, accordingly, the financial information for the Company’s reportable segments for the three-month period ended March 31, 2015 has been restated to reflect that change.

The Business Banking segment earned $25 million in each of the two most recent quarters and in the first quarter of 2015. As compared with the year-earlier quarter, a $4 million increase in net interest income and a $3 million decline in the provision for credit losses, due to lower net charge-offs, were offset by higher centrally-allocated costs largely associated with the acquired Hudson City operations. The higher net interest income resulted predominantly from an increase in average outstanding deposit balances of $1.1 billion. As compared with the immediately preceding quarter, a decrease in the provision for credit losses, largely due to lower net charge-offs, was offset by lower revenues from merchant discount and credit card fees and modestly higher centrally-allocated costs.

The Commercial Banking segment contributed net income of $101 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2016, compared with $96 million in the year-earlier quarter and $118 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The recent quarter’s 5% improvement as compared with the first quarter of 2015 reflected an $8 million decline in the provision for credit losses, primarily due to lower net charge-offs, and a $7 million increase in net interest income. The higher net interest income resulted from increases in average outstanding loan balances of $1.1 billion and a widening of the net interest margin on deposits of 13 basis points, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin on loans of 9 basis points. Those favorable factors were offset, in part, by an increase in centrally-allocated technology-related costs and other operating expenses. The recent quarter’s decline in net income as compared with 2015’s fourth quarter was largely due to lower credit-related and other fees of $13 million and a $10 million increase in the provision for credit losses, largely due to a $10 million partial recovery in the final 2015 quarter of a previously charged-off loan related to a relationship with a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler.

The Commercial Real Estate segment contributed net income of $81 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $83 million in the year-earlier period and $90 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The modest decline in net income as compared with the first quarter of 2015 reflects a $3 million increase in the provision for credit losses, due to lower recoveries of previously charged-off loans, and higher operating expenses that were largely offset by a $5 million increase in net interest income, reflecting increases in average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.5 billion and $371 million, respectively. The recent quarter decline in net income as compared with the final 2015 quarter was largely due to lower net interest income and trading account and foreign exchange gains of $2 million each, increases in personnel costs of $2 million and other higher operating expenses. The lower net interest income was predominantly due to a narrowing of the net interest margin on loans of 10 basis points, partially offset by an increase in average outstanding loan balances of $439 million and a widening of the net interest margin on deposits of 16 basis points.

The Discretionary Portfolio segment recorded net income of $40 million during the three-month period ended March 31, 2016, compared with $6 million in the year-earlier period and $31 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. The significant improvement as compared with the first quarter of 2015 was predominantly due to the impact of residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. A $5 million increase in bank owned life insurance revenues also contributed to that improvement. Those favorable factors were offset, in part, by a $3 million increase in the provision for credit losses and higher loan and other real estate-related servicing costs. The recent quarter’s favorable performance as compared with the immediately preceding quarter included the full-quarter impact of the residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, partially offset by

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

a $4 million increase in the provision for credit losses, primarily due to higher net charge-offs.

Net income from the Residential Mortgage Banking segment was $17 million in the recent quarter, compared with $29 million in the first quarter of 2015 and $13 million in 2015’s fourth quarter. The decline in net income as compared with the year-earlier period was largely attributable to a $7 million decrease in revenues from mortgage origination and sales activities (including intersegment revenues) due to lower origination volumes and a decline in revenues from subservicing residential real estate loans. Contributing to the recent quarter’s improved results as compared with the final quarter of 2015 were a $2 million improvement in net interest income and decreased centrally-allocated loan servicing expenses. The improvement in net interest income reflected a widening of the net interest margin on loans.

Net income earned by the Retail Banking segment totaled $63 million in the first quarter of 2016, compared with $69 million in the year-earlier quarter and $65 million in the final 2015 quarter. The primary contributors to the recent quarter decline in net income as compared with the year-earlier period were: a $21 million increase in the provision for credit losses, largely due to partial charge-offs recognized in the first quarter of 2016 on loans for which the Company identified that the customer was either bankrupt or deceased; a $15 million rise in personnel-related expenses and higher equipment and net occupancy costs of $4 million, reflecting the impact of the Hudson City acquisition; a $3 million increase in advertising and promotional expenses and higher centrally-allocated operating costs. Those unfavorable factors were largely offset by an increase in net interest income of $39 million, predominantly due to the impact of deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. The recent quarter’s modest decline in net income as compared with the fourth quarter of 2015 reflected a $23 million increase in the provision for credit losses, largely due to the aforementioned partial charge-offs recognized in the first quarter of 2016, seasonally lower service charges on deposit accounts of $5 million and higher personnel-related expenses of $4 million due to the full-quarter impact of the Hudson City acquisition. Those unfavorable factors were largely offset by a $17 million rise in net interest income and an $8 million decrease in advertising and promotional expenses. The improvement in net interest income predominantly reflected the full-quarter impact of consumer deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City.

The “All Other” category reflects other activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments. Reflected in this category are the amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of financial institutions, including the November 2015 Hudson City transaction, M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG, merger-related expenses resulting from acquisitions and the net impact of the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and the provision for credit losses. The “All Other” category also includes the trust income of the Company that reflects the ICS and WAS business activities. The various components of the “All Other” category resulted in net losses totaling $29 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016, $67 million in the year-earlier quarter and $71 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. As compared with the first quarter of 2015, the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and the provision for credit losses, and decreases in professional services costs of $7 million were offset, in part, by: merger-related expenses aggregating $23 million in the recent quarter (there were no such expenses in the first quarter of 2015); higher personnel-related expenses of $17 million; a decline in trust income of $13 million, in

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

large part reflecting the impact of the sale of the trade processing business within the retirement services division of ICS in April 2015; and increased FDIC assessments of $10 million. Merger-related costs in the fourth quarter of 2015 aggregated $97 million. Excluding merger-related costs in each of the two most recent quarters, the “All Other” category resulted in net losses for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 of $15 million and $10 million, respectively. The increased net loss from the immediately preceding quarter was mostly due to an increase in personnel-related and other operating costs, offset, in part, by the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies and lower professional services costs.

Recent Accounting Developments

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities to modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities and to eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amended guidance also eliminates certain conditions in the assessment of whether fees paid by a legal entity to a decision maker or a service provider represent a variable interest in the legal entity and reduces the extent to which related party arrangements cause an entity to be considered a primary beneficiary. The new guidance eliminates the indefinite deferral of existing consolidation guidance for certain investment funds, but provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the Company also adopted amended accounting guidance for debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position at January 1, 2016.

In the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amended guidance requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Amended guidance for measurement-period adjustments related to business combinations was also adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2016. The amended guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The acquirer is now required to record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance for share-based transactions. The amended guidance requires that all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and that excess tax benefits should be recognized regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period. The guidance allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. The guidance permits share-based awards that allow for the withholding of shares up to the maximum statutory tax ratio in applicable jurisdictions to qualify for equity classification. The previous GAAP threshold was restricted to the employer’s minimum statutory withholding requirements. The guidance also specifies certain changes to the reporting of share-based transactions on the statement of cash flows and is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is still evaluating the impact the amended guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for the transition to the equity method of accounting. The amended guidance eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method has been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. Instead, the amended guidance requires the investor to adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment first qualifies for such accounting. The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued two amendments to its rules on accounting for derivatives and hedging. The first amendment clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The second amendment clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with a four-step decision sequence and no longer has to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise the option is related to interest rates or credit risks. Both amendments are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance related to the accounting for leases. The core principle of the guidance is that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee and, therefore, lease assets and lease liabilities should be recognized in the balance sheet. Lease assets will be recognized as a right-of-use asset and lease liabilities will be recognized as a liability to make lease payments. While the guidance requires all

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

leases to be recognized in the balance sheet, there continues to be a differentiation between finance leases and operating leases for purposes of income statement recognition and cash flow statement presentation. For finance leases, interest on the lease liability and amortization of the right-of-use asset will be recognized separately in the statement of income. Repayments of principal on lease liabilities will be classified within financing activities and payments of interest on the lease liability will be classified within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. For operating leases, a single lease cost is recognized in the statement of income and allocated over the lease term, generally on a straight-line basis. All cash payments are presented within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. The accounting applied by lessors is largely unchanged from existing GAAP, however, the guidance eliminates the accounting model for leveraged leases for leases that commence after the effective date of the guidance. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements, which currently are not reflected in its consolidated balance sheet. Such leases generally will be required to be presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon adoption of this guidance. The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance related to recognition and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires that equity investments (excluding those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. An entity can elect to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost less impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. The impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values is simplified by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. Further, the guidance requires public entities to use the exit price when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The guidance also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income, a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure a liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. Separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and type of instrument on the balance sheet or accompanying notes to the financial statements is required. The guidance also clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. This guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance could have on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued amended accounting and disclosure guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the accounting guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

(3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also specifies the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The amended disclosure guidance requires sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of this guidance by one year. The amended guidance is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The guidance should be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application. The Company is still evaluating the impact the guidance could have on its consolidated financial statements.

Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other sections of this quarterly report contain forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company’s business, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “estimate,” “continue,” “positions,” “prospects” or “potential,” by future conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may,” or by variations of such words or by similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“Future Factors”) which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and the Company assumes no duty to update forward-looking statements.

Future Factors include changes in interest rates, spreads on earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and interest rate sensitivity; prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses and market values of loans, collateral securing loans and other assets; sources of liquidity; common shares outstanding; common stock price volatility; fair value of and number of stock-based compensation awards to be issued in future periods; the impact of changes in market values on trust-related revenues; legislation and/or regulation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and M&T and its subsidiaries individually or collectively, including tax legislation or regulation; regulatory supervision and oversight, including monetary policy and capital requirements; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or regulatory agencies; increasing price and product/service competition by competitors, including new entrants; rapid technological developments and changes; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; the mix of products/services; containing costs and expenses; governmental and public policy changes; protection and validity of intellectual property rights; reliance on large customers; technological, implementation and cost/financial risks in large, multi-year contracts; the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings, including tax-related examinations and other matters; continued availability of financing; financial resources in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support M&T and its subsidiaries’ future businesses; and material differences in the actual financial results of merger, acquisition and investment activities compared with M&T’s initial expectations, including the full realization of anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements.

These are representative of the Future Factors that could affect the outcome of the forward-looking statements. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates,

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

general economic and political conditions, either nationally or in the states in which M&T and its subsidiaries do business, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes and trends in the securities markets, and other Future Factors.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Table 1

QUARTERLY TRENDS

 

     2016     2015 Quarters  
     First Quarter     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Earnings and dividends

          

Amounts in thousands, except per share

          

Interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)

   $ 979,166        908,734        776,274        766,374        743,925   

Interest expense

     100,870        95,333        77,199        77,226        78,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     878,296        813,401        699,075        689,148        665,426   

Less: provision for credit losses

     49,000        58,000        44,000        30,000        38,000   

Other income

     420,933        448,108        439,699        497,027        440,203   

Less: other expense

     776,095        786,113        653,816        696,628        686,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     474,134        417,396        440,958        459,547        381,254   

Applicable income taxes

     169,274        140,074        154,309        166,839        133,803   

Taxable-equivalent adjustment

     6,332        6,357        6,248        6,020        5,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 298,528        270,965        280,401        286,688        241,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders-diluted

   $ 275,748        248,059        257,346        263,481        218,837   

Per common share data

          

Basic earnings

   $ 1.74        1.65        1.94        1.99        1.66   

Diluted earnings

     1.73        1.65        1.93        1.98        1.65   

Cash dividends

   $ .70        .70        .70        .70        .70   

Average common shares outstanding

          

Basic

     158,734        150,027        132,630        132,356        132,049   

Diluted

     159,181        150,718        133,376        133,116        132,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance ratios, annualized

          

Return on

          

Average assets

     .97     .93     1.13     1.18     1.02

Average common shareholders’ equity

     7.44     7.22     8.93     9.37     7.99

Net interest margin on average earning assets (taxable-equivalent basis)

     3.18     3.12     3.14     3.17     3.17

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     1.00     .91     1.15     1.17     1.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating (tangible) results (a)

          

Net operating income (in thousands)

   $ 320,064        337,613        282,907        290,341        245,776   

Diluted net operating income per common share

     1.87        2.09        1.95        2.01        1.68   

Annualized return on

          

Average tangible assets

     1.09     1.21     1.18     1.24     1.08

Average tangible common shareholders’ equity

     11.62     13.26     12.98     13.76     11.90

Efficiency ratio (b)

     57.00     55.53     57.05     58.23     61.46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

          

In millions, except per share

          

Average balances

          

Total assets (c)

   $ 123,252        115,052        98,515        97,598        95,892   

Total tangible assets (c)

     118,577        110,772        94,989        94,067        92,346   

Earning assets

     111,211        103,587        88,446        87,333        85,212   

Investment securities

     15,348        15,786        14,441        14,195        13,376   

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     87,584        81,110        67,849        67,670        66,587   

Deposits

     92,391        85,657        73,821        72,958        71,698   

Common shareholders’ equity (c)

     15,047        13,775        11,555        11,404        11,227   

Tangible common shareholders’ equity (c)

     10,372        9,495        8,029        7,873        7,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of quarter

          

Total assets (c)

   $ 124,626        122,788        97,797        97,080        98,378   

Total tangible assets (c)

     119,955        118,109        94,272        93,552        94,834   

Earning assets

     113,005        110,802        87,807        86,990        87,959   

Investment securities

     15,467        15,656        14,495        14,752        14,393   

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     87,872        87,489        68,540        68,131        67,099   

Deposits

     94,215        91,958        72,945        72,630        73,594   

Common shareholders’ equity, net of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends (c)

     15,120        14,939        11,687        11,433        11,294   

Tangible common shareholders’ equity (c)

     10,449        10,260        8,162        7,905        7,750   

Equity per common share

     95.00        93.60        87.67        85.90        84.95   

Tangible equity per common share

     65.65        64.28        61.22        59.39        58.29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market price per common share

          

High

   $ 119.24        127.39        134.00        128.70        129.58   

Low

     100.08        111.50        111.86        117.86        111.78   

Closing

     111.00        121.18        121.95        124.93        127.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes amortization and balances related to goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and merger-related expenses which, except in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, are net of applicable income tax effects. A reconciliation of net income and net operating income appears in Table 2.
(b) Excludes impact of merger-related expenses and net securities transactions.
(c) The difference between total assets and total tangible assets, and common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, represents goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, net of applicable deferred tax balances. A reconciliation of such balances appears in Table 2.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Table 2

RECONCILIATION OF QUARTERLY GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

     2016     2015 Quarters  
     First Quarter     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Income statement data

          

In thousands, except per share

          

Net income

          

Net income

   $ 298,528        270,965        280,401        286,688        241,613   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets (a)

     7,488        5,828        2,506        3,653        4,163   

Merger-related expenses (a)

     14,048        60,820        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

   $ 320,064        337,613        282,907        290,341        245,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

          

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.73        1.65        1.93        1.98        1.65   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets (a)

     .05        .04        .02        .03        .03   

Merger-related expenses (a)

     .09        .40        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net operating earnings per common share

   $ 1.87        2.09        1.95        2.01        1.68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

          

Other expense

   $ 776,095        786,113        653,816        696,628        686,375   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

     (12,319     (9,576     (4,090     (5,965     (6,793

Merger-related expenses

     (23,162     (75,976     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense

   $ 740,614        700,561        649,726        690,663        679,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merger-related expenses

          

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 5,274        51,287        —          —          —     

Equipment and net occupancy

     939        3        —          —          —     

Printing, postage and supplies

     937        504        —          —          —     

Other costs of operations

     16,012        24,182        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

     23,162        75,976        —          —          —     

Provision for credit losses

     —          21,000        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,162        96,976        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

          

Noninterest operating expense (numerator)

   $ 740,614        700,561        649,726        690,663        679,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income

     878,296        813,401        699,075        689,148        665,426   

Other income

     420,933        448,108        439,699        497,027        440,203   

Less: Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

     4        (22     —          (10     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

   $ 1,299,225        1,261,531        1,138,774        1,186,185        1,105,727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     57.00     55.53     57.05     58.23     61.46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

          

In millions

          

Average assets

          

Average assets

   $ 123,252        115,052        98,515        97,598        95,892   

Goodwill

     (4,593     (4,218     (3,513     (3,514     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     (134     (101     (20     (25     (31

Deferred taxes

     52        39        7        8        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

   $ 118,577        110,772        94,989        94,067        92,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common equity

          

Average total equity

   $ 16,279        15,007        12,787        12,636        12,459   

Preferred stock

     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common equity

     15,047        13,775        11,555        11,404        11,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill

     (4,593     (4,218     (3,513     (3,514     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     (134     (101     (20     (25     (31

Deferred taxes

     52        39        7        8        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common equity

   $ 10,372        9,495        8,029        7,873        7,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of quarter

          

Total assets

          

Total assets

   $ 124,626        122,788        97,797        97,080        98,378   

Goodwill

     (4,593     (4,593     (3,513     (3,513     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     (128     (140     (18     (22     (28

Deferred taxes

     50        54        6        7        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   $ 119,955        118,109        94,272        93,552        94,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common equity

          

Total equity

   $ 16,355        16,173        12,922        12,668        12,528   

Preferred stock

     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232     (1,232

Undeclared dividends - cumulative preferred stock

     (3     (2     (3     (3     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity, net of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends

     15,120        14,939        11,687        11,433        11,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill

     (4,593     (4,593     (3,513     (3,513     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     (128     (140     (18     (22     (28

Deferred taxes

     50        54        6        7        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

   $ 10,449        10,260        8,162        7,905        7,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) After any related tax effect.

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Table 3      

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND ANNUALIZED TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT RATES

 

     2016 First Quarter     2015 Fourth Quarter     2015 Third Quarter  

Average balance in millions; interest in thousands

   Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
 

Assets

                     

Earning assets

                     

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount*

                     

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 20,717      $ 174,657         3.39     20,221        164,515         3.23     19,939        161,709         3.22

Real estate - commercial

     29,426        309,415         4.16        28,973        303,960         4.11        28,309        302,626         4.18   

Real estate - consumer

     25,859        254,144         3.93        20,369        204,420         4.01        8,348        87,047         4.17   

Consumer

     11,582        130,971         4.55        11,547        129,103         4.44        11,253        126,369         4.46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases, net

     87,584        869,187         3.99        81,110        801,998         3.92        67,849        677,751         3.96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     8,193        10,337         .51        6,622        4,931         .30        6,060        3,852         .25   

Federal funds

     1        1         .77        1        2         .54        —          —           —     

Trading account

     85        378         1.78        68        317         1.88        96        125         .52   

Investment securities**

                     

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     14,264        90,138         2.54        14,778        89,052         2.39        13,548        86,152         2.52   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     113        1,164         4.13        128        1,419         4.40        138        1,398         4.03   

Other

     971        7,961         3.30        880        11,015         4.96        755        6,996         3.68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     15,348        99,263         2.60        15,786        101,486         2.55        14,441        94,546         2.60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     111,211        979,166         3.54        103,587        908,734         3.48        88,446        776,274         3.48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

     (955          (947          (937     

Cash and due from banks

     1,288             1,348             1,218        

Other assets

     11,708             11,064             9,788        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 123,252             115,052             98,515        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

                     

Interest-bearing liabilities

                     

Interest-bearing deposits

                     

Interest-checking deposits

   $ 1,359        414         .12        1,331        384         .11        1,309        360         .11   

Savings deposits

     48,976        15,891         .13        45,974        13,219         .11        41,197        10,937         .11   

Time deposits

     12,999        24,322         .75        9,686        15,986         .65        2,858        3,643         .51   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     187        193         .42        224        167         .30        206        151         .29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     63,521        40,820         .26        57,215        29,756         .21        45,570        15,091         .13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     2,082        2,162         .42        1,615        1,575         .39        174        32         .07   

Long-term borrowings

     10,528        57,888         2.21        10,748        64,002         2.36        10,114        62,076         2.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     76,131        100,870         .53        69,578        95,333         .54        55,858        77,199         .55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     28,870             28,443             28,251        

Other liabilities

     1,972             2,024             1,619        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     106,973             100,045             85,728        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     16,279             15,007             12,787        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 123,252             115,052             98,515        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest spread

          3.01             2.94             2.93   

Contribution of interest-free funds

          .17             .18             .21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

     $ 878,296         3.18       813,401         3.12       699,075         3.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*       Includes nonaccrual loans.

   (continued)

**     Includes available-for-sale securities at amortized cost.

  

 

-91-


Table of Contents

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Table 3 (continued)

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND ANNUALIZED TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT RATES (continued)

 

     2015 Second Quarter     2015 First Quarter  

Average balance in millions; interest in thousands

   Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
 

Assets

              

Earning assets

              

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount*

              

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 19,973      $ 158,109         3.18     19,457        153,866         3.21

Real estate - commercial

     28,208        298,565         4.19        27,596        288,121         4.18   

Real estate - consumer

     8,447        88,473         4.19        8,572        88,850         4.15   

Consumer

     11,042        122,812         4.46        10,962        121,366         4.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases, net

     67,670        667,959         3.96        66,587        652,203         3.97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     5,326        3,351         .25        5,073        3,118         .25   

Federal funds

     39        9         .10        97        24         .10   

Trading account

     103        239         .92        79        565         2.87   

Investment securities**

              

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     13,265        83,356         2.52        12,437        78,313         2.55   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     149        1,607         4.32        159        1,967         5.04   

Other

     781        9,853         5.06        780        7,735         4.02   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     14,195        94,816         2.68        13,376        88,015         2.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     87,333        766,374         3.52        85,212        743,925         3.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

     (929          (925     

Cash and due from banks

     1,180             1,221        

Other assets

     10,014             10,384        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 97,598             95,892        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

              

Interest-bearing liabilities

              

Interest-bearing deposits

              

Interest-checking deposits

   $ 1,333        349         .11        1,121        311         .11   

Savings deposits

     41,712        10,361         .10        41,525        10,219         .10   

Time deposits

     2,948        3,690         .50        3,017        3,740         .50   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     212        150         .28        224        147         .27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     46,205        14,550         .13        45,887        14,417         .13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     195        36         .07        196        34         .07   

Long-term borrowings

     10,164        62,640         2.47        9,835        64,048         2.64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     56,564        77,226         .55        55,918        78,499         .57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     26,753             25,811        

Other liabilities

     1,645             1,704        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     84,962             83,433        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     12,636             12,459        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 97,598             95,892        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest spread

          2.97             2.97   

Contribution of interest-free funds

          .20             .20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

     $ 689,148         3.17       665,426         3.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes nonaccrual loans.
** Includes available-for-sale securities at amortized cost.

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Incorporated by reference to the discussion contained under the caption “Taxable-equivalent Net Interest Income” in Part I, Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation of the effectiveness of M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and René F. Jones, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2016.

(b) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. M&T regularly assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No changes in internal control over financial reporting have been identified in connection with the evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, M&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

Wilmington Trust Corporation Investigative and Litigation Matters

M&T’s Wilmington Trust Corporation subsidiary is the subject of certain governmental investigations arising from actions undertaken by Wilmington Trust Corporation prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries, as set forth below.

DOJ Investigation (United States v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al, District of Delaware, Crim.   No. 15-23-RGA): Prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) commenced an investigation of Wilmington Trust Corporation, relating to Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings, as well as certain commercial real estate lending relationships involving its subsidiary bank, Wilmington Trust Company, all of which relate to filings and activities occurring prior to the acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation by M&T. On January 6, 2016, the U.S. Attorney for the District of Delaware obtained an indictment against Wilmington Trust Corporation relating to alleged conduct that occurred prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation in

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

May 2011. M&T strongly believes that this unprecedented action is unjustified and Wilmington Trust Corporation will vigorously defend itself.

The indictment of Wilmington Trust Corporation could result in potential criminal remedies, or criminal or non-criminal resolutions or settlements, including, among other things, enforcement actions, potential statutory or regulatory restrictions on the ability to conduct certain businesses (for which waivers may or may not be available), fines, penalties, restitution, reputational damage or additional costs and expenses.

In Re Wilmington Trust Securities Litigation (U.S. District Court, District of Delaware, Case No. 10-CV-0990-SLR) : Beginning on November 18, 2010, a series of parties, purporting to be class representatives, commenced a putative class action lawsuit against Wilmington Trust Corporation, alleging that Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings were in violation of securities laws. The cases were consolidated and Wilmington Trust Corporation moved to dismiss. The Court issued an order denying Wilmington Trust Corporation’s motion to dismiss on March 20, 2014. Fact discovery commenced. On April 13, 2016, the Court issued an order staying fact discovery in the case pending completion of the trial in U.S. v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al.

Other Matters

The Company is the subject of an investigation by government agencies relating to the origination of Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured residential home loans and residential home loans sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. A number of other U.S. financial institutions have announced similar investigations. Regarding FHA loans, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) Office of Inspector General and the DOJ (collectively, the “Government”) are investigating whether the Company complied with underwriting guidelines concerning certain loans where HUD paid FHA insurance claims. The Company is fully cooperating with the investigation. The Government has advised the Company that based upon its review of a sample of loans for which an FHA insurance claim was paid by HUD, some of the loans do not meet underwriting guidelines. The Company, based on its own review of the sample, does not agree with the sampling methodology and loan analysis employed by the Government. Regarding loans originated by the Company and sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, the investigation concerns whether the mortgages sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae comply with applicable underwriting guidelines. The Company is also cooperating with that portion of the investigation. The investigation could lead to claims by the Government under the False Claims Act and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, which allow treble and other special damages substantially in excess of actual losses. Remedies in these proceedings or settlements may include restitution, fines, penalties, or alterations in the Company’s business practices. The Company and the Government continue settlement discussions regarding the investigation and although progress has been made, the parties have not yet reached a definitive agreement. Based upon the current status of these negotiations, management expects that this potential settlement should not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

Due to their complex nature, it is difficult to estimate when litigation and investigatory matters such as these may be resolved. As set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Item 1 — Legal Proceedings, losses from current litigation and regulatory matters which the Company is subject to that are not currently considered probable are within a range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, and are included in the range of reasonably possible losses set forth above.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

There have been no material changes in risk factors relating to M&T to those disclosed in response to Item 1A. to Part I of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

(a) – (b) Not applicable.

(c)

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

   (a)Total
Number
of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased (1)
     (b)Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)
     (c)Total
Number of
Shares
(or Units)
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
     (d)Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value)
of Shares
(or Units)
that may yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs (2)
 

January 1 – January 31, 2016

     1,186,638       $ 106.38         948,545       $ 100,000,000   

February 1 – February 29, 2016

     583         105.73         —           100,000,000   

March 1 – March 31, 2016

     441         111.45         —           154,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,187,662       $ 106.38         948,545      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) The total number of shares purchased during the periods indicated reflects shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs and shares deemed to have been received from employees who exercised stock options by attesting to previously acquired common shares in satisfaction of the exercise price or shares received from employees upon the vesting of restricted stock awards in satisfaction of applicable tax withholding obligations, as is permitted under M&T’s stock-based compensation plans.
(2) On November 17, 2015, M&T announced a program to purchase up to $200,000,000 of its common stock through June 30, 2016. On March 31, 2016, M&T’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $54,000,000 of additional shares through June 30, 2016, as part of the repurchase program currently in effect.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

(Not applicable.)

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

(None.)

 

Item 5. Other Information.

(None.)

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents
Item 6. Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report.

 

Exhibit

No.

    
  10.1    M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended. Filed herewith.
  
  10.2    M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as amended. Filed herewith.
  
  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
  
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
  
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. Filed herewith.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase. Filed herewith.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.    

 

    M&T BANK CORPORATION
Date: April 29, 2016     By:  

/s/ René F. Jones

      René F. Jones
      Executive Vice President
      and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

    
10.1      M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended. Filed herewith.
  
10.2      M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as amended. Filed herewith.
  
31.1  
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
31.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
32.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
32.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. Filed herewith.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase. Filed herewith.

 

-97-

EXHIBIT 10.1

M&T BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN

As Amended December 22 nd , 2008, and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2005

ARTICLE I

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

This M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Supplemental Pension Plan,” or “Plan”) is maintained by M&T Bank Corporation to provide for the payment of supplemental retirement benefits to select management and highly compensated employees of M&T Bank Corporation and certain of its affiliates whose accrued benefits under the M&T Bank Corporation Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) are subject to certain limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”). The Plan was amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 to bring the Plan into compliance with the new requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company now wishes to amend and restate the terms of the Plan, effective as of January 1, 2005, to make additional changes in payment terms and elections consistent with the final regulations to Section 409A of the Code. The Employers intend and desire that this Supplemental Pension Plan, together with the other elements of the Employers’ compensation programs, will attract, retain and motivate eligible employees.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Supplemental Pension Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context. All other terms used herein with initial capital letters that are not defined below shall have the meanings assigned to them under the provisions of the Pension Plan unless otherwise specified herein or as otherwise qualified by the context in which the term is used herein.

 

2.1 “Beneficiary” shall mean (a) with respect to a Participant who dies prior to commencement of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, and (b) with respect to a Participant who dies after commencement of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit, the survivor annuitant, if any, designated by the Participant.

 

2.2 “Benefit” shall mean a Supplemental Pension Benefit or a Supplemental Death Benefit.

 

2.3 “Benefit Commencement Date” shall mean (a) in the case of a Participant, the date on which the Participant receives or begins to receive his Supplemental Pension Benefit, or (b) in the case of a Surviving Spouse, the date on which the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit becomes payable hereunder.

 

2.4 “Committee” shall mean the Committee charged with the administration of this Supplemental Pension Plan under Article VI hereof.

 

1


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

2.5 “Company” shall mean Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company or any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise.

 

2.6 “Compensation” shall mean the amount so defined in the Pension Plan, plus amounts deferred by a Participant under the M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan and any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by an Employer, calculated without regard to the Compensation Limitation.

 

2.7 “Compensation Limitation” shall mean the dollar amount of the annual compensation limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17), as in effect from time to time and as adjusted as provided therein for any calendar year.

 

2.8 “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a Participant who is determined (a) to be totally disabled by the federal Social Security Administration, or (b) to have a “disability” under the applicable Employer’s long-term disability plan, provided that the definition of the term “disability” under such long-term disability plan satisfies the requirements for disability under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.9 “Earliest Retirement Age” shall mean (a) in the case of a Participant who is credited with less than 10 years of Vesting Service under the Pension Plan, age 65, or (b) in the case of a Participant who is credited with at least 10 Years of Vesting Service under the Pension Plan, age 55.

 

2.10 “Employee” shall mean any common law employee of an Employer who is classified by the Employer as an employee.

 

2.11 “Employer” shall mean M&T Bank Corporation and any affiliate thereof that has adopted the Pension Plan and is an “Employer” as defined in the Pension Plan.

 

2.12 “Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a “Joint and Survivor Annuity” as defined in the Pension Plan, except that the monthly amount of the survivor annuity shall equal 25%, 50%, 66-2/3%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Participant, of the monthly amount of the annuity payable to the Participant.

 

2.13 “Participant” shall mean an Employee who has become a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof. The term “Participant” shall also include a former Employee who had met the foregoing criteria as an Employee and who, at the time of determination, is receiving a Benefit (or is entitled to receive a Benefit) hereunder.

 

2.14 “Plan” or “Supplemental Pension Plan” shall mean this M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2.15 “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the Participant’s Employer and all entities with which the Participant’s Employer would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

 

2


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

2.16 “Supplemental Death Benefit” shall mean an annual annuity payable over the lifetime of a Surviving Spouse upon the death of a Participant prior to commencement of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit.

 

2.17 “Supplemental Pension Benefit” shall mean a benefit determined under the provisions of Section 4.1 hereof.

 

2.18 “Surviving Spouse” shall mean the spouse (as defined and interpreted under the Pension Plan) to whom a Participant was married for at least 12 months at the time of the Participant’s death.

 

2.19 Any terms used herein in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply, and any terms used in the singular shall be read and construed in the plural if appropriate.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY; PARTICIPATION; ELECTIONS

 

3.1 Eligibility to Participate. Any Employee who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employers, and who is designated by the Committee as eligible, shall be eligible to participate in this Supplemental Pension Plan, provided, however, that any such Employee shall become a Participant hereunder only as provided under Section 3.2 hereof.

 

3.2 Participation. An Employee eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 3.1 hereof shall become a Participant on the date designated by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall become eligible for a Supplemental Pension Benefit only in the event that the Participant is entitled to receive an accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, and the amount of such accrued benefit is limited by reason of the Compensation Limitation.

 

3.3 Payment Elections.

 

  (a) Each Participant may, prior to December 31, 2008, make an election under (c) and (d) below regarding the date and form of payment of his Supplemental Pension Benefit. Any election under this Section 3.3 shall be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee. If a Participant fails to make a timely election under this Section, the Participant’s Benefit will be paid in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

  (b) An Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 3.2 shall make an election under (c) and (d) below regarding the date and form of payment of his Supplemental Pension Benefit. The election shall be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, but shall in no event be made later than January 31 of the year following the first year the Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. If a Participant fails to make a timely election under this Section, the Participant’s Benefit will be paid in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

  (c) A Participant shall elect as his Benefit Commencement Date either (i) the date on which the Participant has a Separation from Service; (ii) the later of the date on which the Participant (A) attains Earliest Retirement Age, or (B) has a Separation from Service; or (iii) the later of the date on which the Participant (A) attains age 65, or (B) has a Separation from Service. A Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to January 1, 2009, and who does not begin to receive pension benefits under the Pension Plan before January 1, 2009, may elect as his Benefit Commencement Date, January 1, 2009, or if later, the date that is six months after the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

  (d) A Participant shall elect to have his Supplemental Pension Benefit paid as either (i) a Single Life Annuity, (ii) a Five-, Ten- or Fifteen-Year Certain Life Annuity, (iii) a Joint and Survivor Annuity, or (iv) a single lump sum cash payment.

 

  (e) Subject to Sections 5.3 through 5.6 hereof, a Participant’s elections under this Section 3.3 shall be irrevocable and may not be changed, except that, if a Participant elects an annuity form of payment, or is scheduled to receive his Benefit in the form of a Single Life Annuity under the default provisions of Section 5.2(a), then prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may revoke his annuity election and make a new election for a different, Actuarially Equivalent annuity.

ARTICLE IV

CALCULATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION BENEFIT; VESTING

 

4.1 Calculation of Supplemental Pension Benefit.

 

  (a) The amount of the Supplemental Pension Benefit to which a Participant is entitled hereunder shall be the result obtained by subtracting (ii) from (i), where:

 

  (i) equals the annual benefit (or the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent thereof) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Pension Plan, as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date assuming that (A) the Participant elected to have his accrued benefit under the Pension Plan paid in the same form of payment elected by the Participant under Article V hereof, (B) such accrued benefit was not limited by the Compensation Limitation, and (C) such accrued benefit was calculated using the Participant’s Compensation, as defined herein but capped at (I) $235,840, for calendar years beginning on and after January 1, 1994, but before January 1, 2006, and (II) $350,000, for calendar years beginning on and after January 1, 2006, rather than the Participant’s compensation, as defined in the Pension Plan; and

 

  (ii) equals the annual benefit (or the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent thereof) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Pension Plan, as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, assuming that the Participant elected to have his accrued benefit thereunder paid in the form of payment elected by the Participant under Article V hereof.

 

  (b) The Supplemental Pension Benefit payable with respect to a Participant shall be calculated with the objective that the total amount that the Participant (and his Beneficiary, if any) should receive under this Supplemental Pension Plan and the Pension Plan should equal the total amount that would otherwise have been payable to the Participant (and his Beneficiary, if any) solely under the Pension Plan, as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date assuming that the Participant’s accrued benefit thereunder was calculated and paid in accordance with (a)(i) above.

 

4


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

4.2 Calculation of Supplemental Death Benefit.

 

  (a) If a Participant who is vested in his Supplemental Pension Benefit dies prior to the payment or commencement of payment thereof, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall receive a Supplemental Death Benefit commencing on the Surviving Spouse’s Benefit Commencement Date. The amount of the Supplemental Death Benefit to which a Surviving Spouse is entitled shall be the result obtained by subtracting (ii) from (i), where:

 

  (i) equals the annual preretirement survivor benefit that would have been payable to the Surviving Spouse under the Pension Plan, as of the Surviving Spouse’s Benefit Commencement Date in the form of a Preretirement Survivor Annuity assuming that (A) the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Pension Plan was not limited by the Compensation Limitation, and (B) such accrued benefit was calculated using the Participant’s Compensation, as defined herein and capped in the manner set forth in Section 4.1 (a)(i) hereof, rather than the Participant’s compensation, as defined in the Pension Plan; and

 

  (ii) equals the annual preretirement survivor benefit that would have been payable to the Surviving Spouse under the Pension Plan as of the Surviving Spouse’s Benefit Commencement Date in the form of a Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

 

  (b) The Supplemental Death Benefit payable with respect to a Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall be calculated with the objective that the total amount the Surviving Spouse should receive under this Supplemental Pension Plan and the Pension Plan should equal the total amount that would otherwise have been payable to the Surviving Spouse solely under the Pension Plan, as of the Surviving Spouse’s Benefit Commencement Date assuming that the Surviving Spouse’s preretirement survivor benefit thereunder was calculated and paid in accordance with (a) above.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Supplemental Death Benefit shall be payable with respect to a Participant who, on the date of the Participant’s death, is not vested in his Supplemental Pension Benefit or has no Surviving Spouse.

 

5


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

4.3 No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of this Supplemental Pension Plan to the contrary, the Supplemental Pension Benefits provided under this Article IV shall be determined and coordinated by the Committee so as to prevent any duplication of benefits under this Plan and the Pension Plan or under any individual employment or supplemental pension agreement.

 

4.4 Vesting. A Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be vested and nonforfeitable to the same extent (and in the same percentage) as the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Pension Plan.

ARTICLE V

COMMENCEMENT AND FORM OF BENEFITS

 

5.1 Pre-2009 Benefit Commencement Date and Payment Form. Notwithstanding any election made under Section 3.3, if a Participant begins to receive pension benefits, or a Surviving Spouse begins to receive preretirement survivor benefits, under the Pension Plan prior to January 1, 2009, the Benefit Commencement Date of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit or the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit hereunder shall be the date on which the Participant or Surviving Spouse begins to receive pension or preretirement survivor benefits under the Pension Plan, and the form of payment of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit or the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit hereunder shall be the same form of payment as the Participant’s or Surviving Spouse’s pension or preretirement survivor benefits under the Pension Plan.

 

5.2 Post-2008 Benefit Commencement Date and Payment Form.

 

  (a) If a Participant does not begin to receive pension benefits under the Pension Plan before January 1, 2009, the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be paid or begin to be paid in accordance with the Participant’s payment elections under Section 3.3 hereof. If such Participant fails to make a timely election under Section 3.3, the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be the later of the date on which the Participant (i) attains Earliest Retirement Age, or (ii) has a Separation from Service, and payment of his Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be in the form of a Single Life Annuity.

 

  (b) If a Surviving Spouse does not begin to receive preretirement survivor benefits under the Pension Plan before January 1, 2009, the Benefit Commencement Date of the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit shall be the later of the date (i) on which the Participant attains Earliest Retirement Age (or would have attained Earliest Retirement Age assuming that the Participant terminated employment on the date of his death and survived until such age), or (ii) of the Participant’s death.

 

  (c) A Benefit hereunder shall be paid or begin to be paid on a Participant’s or Surviving Spouse’s Benefit Commencement Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, but not later than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Benefit Commencement Date occurs, or (ii) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

6


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

5.3 Mandatory Cashouts. Notwithstanding Sections 5.2, and 5.5 hereof and effective January 1, 2009, if the Actuarially Equivalent lump sum value of (a) a Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, or (b) a Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit as of the date of the Participant’s death, does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit or Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, but not later than the later of (i) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, as applicable, or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Separation from Service or Disability, as applicable, occurs.

 

5.4 Mandatory Delay in Benefit Payments for Specified Employees. Notwithstanding Sections 5.1 through 5.3 hereof, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code with respect to “specified employees” on a Separation from Service, the Committee shall delay payment of the Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant until the earlier of (a) the date that is six months after the date of any termination of employment or other event that constitutes the Participant’s Separation from Service, or (b) the date of the Participant’s death. The aggregate amount of payment(s) otherwise payable during the delay period (plus interest thereon at the short-term Applicable Federal Rate, provided that such interest does not cause the Plan to violate Section 409A of the Code) shall be payable to the Participant as soon as practicable after the expiration of the delay period. For purposes of this Section 5.4, all Participants in the Plan shall be deemed to be “specified employees” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

5.5 Payment on Disability. Notwithstanding Section 5.2 hereof, in the event of a Participant’s Disability, payment of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit will commence as soon as practicable but not later than 90 days following the date the Participant is determined to be Disabled.

 

5.6 Discretionary Delay in Benefit Payments . Notwithstanding Sections 5.1 through 5.5 hereof, the Committee may delay payment of a Benefit by reason of any event(s) or condition(s) permitted under Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, to the extent permissible, delays relating to (a) nondeductible Compensation payments under Section 162(m) of the Code; (b) violations of loan agreements; and (c) violations of federal securities law or other applicable law.

 

5.7 Payment by Employer. The Supplemental Pension Benefit payable hereunder to, or on behalf of, a Participant shall be paid by the Employer who last employed the Participant.

 

7


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1 Administration. The Committee shall be charged with the administration of this Supplemental Pension Plan. The members of the Committee shall be selected by the Company. The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of this Supplemental Pension Plan, including by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe this Supplemental Pension Plan, to decide any dispute arising hereunder, to determine the right of any Employee with respect to participation herein, to determine the right of any Participant with respect to benefits payable hereunder and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of this Supplemental Pension Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable. No member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Supplemental Pension Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith. The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Committee or the Company with respect to this Supplemental Pension Plan. A Committee member shall not participate in any action or determination relating solely to his own Benefit hereunder. Except as provided in Sections 6.2 and 6.3 hereof, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.

 

6.2 Denial of Claim for Benefits.

 

  (a) Claims for Benefits under the Plan shall be filed with the Committee. If any Participant or other payee (a “Claimant”) claims to be entitled to a Benefit hereunder and the Committee determines that such claim should be denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify such Claimant of its decision in writing (which may be provided electronically). Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following the rendering of an adverse decision on review.

 

  (b)

Notification of the denied claim will be given within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after the claim is received by the Committee, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Committee determines that such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be provided to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 90-day period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall the extension exceed an additional 90

 

8


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

  days from the end of the initial 90-day period. Any electronic notification provided by the Committee under this Article VI shall comply with the standards imposed by 29 C.F.R. 2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i)-(iv).

 

6.3 Review Procedures.

 

  (a) Within 60 days after the date on which a Claimant receives a written notice of a denied claim, the Claimant may file a written request with the Committee for a review of the denied claim. If the Claimant requests a review of the denied claim, the Claimant shall be entitled to submit to the Committee written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for Benefits and to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for Benefits. The Committee shall perform its review taking into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial Benefit determination. The Committee will notify the Claimant of its decision in writing (which may be provided electronically). If the claim is denied, the notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and will contain (i) the specific reasons for the denial, (ii) references to pertinent provisions of the Plan, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for Benefits, and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

  (b) The review provided for by (a) above will be made within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after the Committee receives the request for review, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Committee determines that an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 60-day period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall the extension exceed an additional 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period. If the extension of time is needed due to the Claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to make a decision, the period during which the Committee must make a decision shall be tolled from the date the extension notice is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

7.1

Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Company may amend or terminate this Supplemental Pension Plan at any time, if, in the Company’s sole judgment, such amendment or termination is necessary or desirable. Any such amendment or termination

 

9


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

  shall be made in writing by the Board of Directors of the Company or its designee, if applicable, and shall be effective as of the date specified in such document. No amendment or termination of this Supplemental Pension Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the Benefit of any Participant or Beneficiary as of the effective date of such amendment or termination (assuming, in the case of a Participant, that the Participant is vested in his Benefit and has a Separation from Service as of such effective date and survives until his elected Benefit Commencement Date) without the written consent of the Participant or Beneficiary.

 

7.2 Payment of Benefits upon Termination of Plan. In the event of the termination of the Plan, the Company (or any transferee, purchaser or successor entity) may elect to accelerate the time and form of payment of Benefits hereunder by reason of any event(s) or condition(s) permitted under Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, a termination in connection with a “change of control” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 No Effect on Employment Rights. Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer nor limit the right of an Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with Participants without regard to the existence of this Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

8.2 Plan Unfunded. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the benefits offered hereunder shall constitute nothing more than unfunded, unsecured promises by each Employer to pay the benefits determined hereunder that such Employer is obligated to pay under Section 5.6 hereof. No provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating any assets of any Employer for payment of any Benefits hereunder. No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Employers by reason of the right to receive a Benefit hereunder, and any such Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer by whom the Participant was last employed with respect to any rights under this Supplemental Pension Plan. Nothing contained in this Supplemental Pension Plan shall constitute a guaranty by the Employers or any other entity or person that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefits hereunder. All expenses and fees incurred in the administration of this Supplemental Pension Plan shall be paid by the Employers.

 

8.3 Binding on Employers, Employees and Their Successors. This Supplemental Pension Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employers, their successors and assigns and each Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

8.4

Spendthrift Provisions. No benefit payable under this Supplemental Pension Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge prior to actual receipt thereof by the payee; and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge prior to such receipt

 

10


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

  shall be void; and the Employers shall not be liable in any manner for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, torts or engagements of any person entitled to any benefit under this Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

8.5 Disclosure. Each Participant shall receive a copy of this Supplemental Pension Plan, and the Committee will make available for inspection by any Participant a copy of any rules and regulations used by the Committee in administering this Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

8.6 State Law. This Supplemental Pension Plan is established under and will be construed according to the laws of the State of New York to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

8.7 Incapacity of Recipient. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or of his estate is appointed, any benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate. Except as provided herein, when the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee may direct the Employer responsible for payment to make distributions to any person for the benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary.

 

8.8 Unclaimed Benefit. Each Participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address. The Committee shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. If the location of a Participant is not made known to the Committee within three years after the date on which any payment of the Participant’s benefit hereunder may be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the three-year period. If, within one additional year after such three-year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, whichever occurs first, the Committee is unable to locate any Beneficiary of the Participant, the Participant and his Beneficiary shall forfeit all rights to any Supplemental Pension Benefits.

 

8.9

Elections, Applications, Notices. Every direction, revocation or notice authorized or required hereunder shall be deemed delivered to: the Employers or the Committee as the case may be: (a) on the date it is sent via electronic transmission to the Secretary of the Committee (with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel), provided that receipt of the electronic transmission is acknowledged by personal action of the Secretary of the Committee or the Company’s General Counsel within three business days, (b) on the date it is personally delivered to the Secretary of the Committee (with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel) at the Company’s executive offices at Buffalo, New York or (c) three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Secretary of the Committee (with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel) at the offices indicated above; and shall be deemed delivered to a Participant or Beneficiary: (a) on the date it is sent via electronic transmission to the Participant or Beneficiary, provided that receipt of the electronic transmission is acknowledged by personal action of the Participant or Beneficiary within three business days, (b) on the date it is personally delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary, or (c) three business days

 

11


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

  after it is sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Participant or Beneficiary at the last address shown for him on the records of the Employers. Any notice required hereunder may be waived by the person entitled thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice required by Section 6.2 or 6.3 hereof that is sent via electronic transmission shall be subject to the electronic transmission requirements of Section 6.2 or 6.3 hereof.

 

8.10 Severability. In the event any provision of this Supplemental Pension Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Pension Plan. This Supplemental Pension Plan shall be construed and administered as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been contained herein.

 

8.11 Headings. The headings of Sections of this Supplemental Pension Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall have no substantive effect on the provisions of this Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

8.12 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and the Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan in accordance with such requirements. However, the Employers shall not be liable to any Participant or Beneficiary with respect to any benefit related adverse tax consequences arising under Section 409A or other provision of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall supersede any such Plan provision.

 

    M&T BANK CORPORATION
Date: December 22 nd , 2008     By:  

/s/ Ann Marie Odrobina

 

12


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

M&T BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN

(Restated Effective as of January 1, 2005)

Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (“Company”) hereby adopts this Amendment No. 1 to the M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan (Restated Effective as of January 1, 2005) (“SPP”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, under Section 7.1, the Company may amend the SPP; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the SPP to allow participants to change their election of the form of distribution of their SPP benefit.

NOW, THEREFORE, the SPP is amended as follows, effective for election changes made after the date this Amendment is signed.

FIRST AND ONLY CHANGE

A new Section 3.3(f) is added to read as follows:

 

  “(f) Notwithstanding subsection (e), a Participant who elected to have his Supplemental Pension Benefit paid as a lump sum may change that election to have his Benefit paid as any form of Annuity available under subsection (d), subject to the following:

 

  (i) The election change must be made at least one year before the lump sum is scheduled to be paid.

 

  (ii) The election change is void and does not take effect if the Participant has a Separation from Service within one year after the election change is made.

 

  (iii) Annuity payments will begin five years after the lump sum was scheduled to be paid.

 

  (iv) Election changes may be revoked, and the lump sum election reinstated, at any time within one year after the election change is made. After that one year period has elapsed, the lump sum election cannot be reinstated and the Annuity election becomes irrevocable (subject to the ability to elect a different Actuarially Equivalent annuity under subsection (e)).”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Ann Marie Odrobina

  Ann Marie Odrobina,
  Group Vice President
Date:   April 19, 2016

EXHIBIT 10.2

M&T BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

(January 1, 2013 Restatement)


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Table of Contents

 

              Page  
ARTICLE I HISTORY AND PURPOSE      1   
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS      2   
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION      4   
  3.1   

Eligibility to Participate

     4   
  3.2   

Deferral Elections

     4   
  3.3   

Payment Elections

     4   
ARTICLE IV CALCULATION OF CREDITS TO PLAN ACCOUNTS; VESTING      6   
  4.1   

Matching Contributions

     6   
  4.2   

Retirement Accumulation Contributions

     6   
  4.3   

Elective Deferrals

     6   
  4.4   

No Duplication of Benefits

     6   
  4.5   

Vesting

     6   
ARTICLE V INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS, INVESTMENTS AND VALUATIONS      7   
  5.1   

Accounts

     7   
  5.2   

Investment Elections

     7   
  5.3   

Reallocation of Investments

     7   
  5.4   

Investment Returns

     7   
ARTICLE VI PAYMENT OF BENEFITS      8   
  6.1   

Commencement of Benefits

     8   
  6.2   

Mandatory Delay of Certain Benefit Payments to Specified Employees

     8   
  6.3   

Accelerated Payments Due to Financial Hardship

     8   
  6.4   

Mandatory Cashouts

     8   
  6.5   

Discretionary Delay in Benefit Payments

     9   
  6.6   

Payment on Death or Disability

     9   
  6.7   

Payment by Employer

     9   
ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION      10   
  7.1   

Administration

     10   
  7.2   

Claims and Appeals

     10   
ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION      11   
  8.1   

Amendment and Termination of Plan

     11   
  8.2   

Benefit Payments Upon Termination of Plan

     11   
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS      12   
  9.1   

No Effect on Employment Rights

     12   
  9.2   

Plan Unfunded

     12   
  9.3   

Binding on Employers, Employees and Their Successors

     12   
  9.4   

Spendthrift Provisions

     12   
  9.5   

Disclosure

     12   
  9.6   

State Law

     12   
  9.7   

Incapacity of Recipient

     12   
  9.8   

Unclaimed Benefit

     12   
  9.9   

Elections, Applications, Notices

     13   
  9.10   

Severability

     13   
  9.11   

Headings

     13   
  9.12   

Compliance with Code Section 409A

     13   


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE I

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

This M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan is maintained by the Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company to provide supplemental retirement benefits to select management and highly compensated employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates, contributions on whose behalf under the M&T Bank Corporation Retirement Savings Plan (the “RSP”) are subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). The Plan was amended and/or restated several times for compliance with Code Section 409A, most recently as of January 1, 2008. The Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company now wishes to further amend and restate the Plan, effective as of January 1, 2013, to make changes to the Plan’s design.

 

1


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

When used herein, the following words have the meanings indicated unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context. All other terms used herein with initial capital letters that are not defined below have the meanings given them under the RSP unless otherwise specified herein or as otherwise qualified by the context in which the term is used.

Account – the account maintained for a Participant under Section 5.1.

Beneficiary – the person entitled to distribution of a Participant’s Account after the Participant’s death. A Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan is the person designated (or otherwise determined) as the Participant’s beneficiary under the RSP.

Committee – see Article VII.

Company – Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, or any successor.

Compensation – has the meaning given in the RSP, without regard to the Compensation Limitation, plus amounts deferred by a Participant under this Plan and any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by any Employer. For purposes of deferral elections under Section 3.2 and matching contributions under Section 4.1, Compensation does not include any bonus pay that constitutes “performance based compensation” as defined in regulations under Code Section 409A.

Compensation Limitation – the annual compensation limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17), as in effect for any calendar year and as determined for the RSP.

Disability – exists when a Participant is determined (a) to be totally disabled by the federal Social Security Administration, or (b) to have a “disability” under his Employer’s long-term disability plan. A Disability must also satisfy the requirements for being a disability under Code Section 409A.

Employee – a common law employee of an Employer who is classified by the Employer at the Senior Vice President level or higher and who is designated by the Committee as eligible for this Plan.

Employer – Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company and any affiliate that has adopted the RSP and is an “Employer” thereunder.

Grandfathered Account Balance – a Participant’s vested Account balance as of December 31, 2004, as adjusted for earnings and losses.

Participant – an Employee who has become a Participant under Section 3.1, including a former Employee who still has an Account balance under this Plan.

Plan – the M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as contained herein, as amended.

 

2


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Plan Year – the calendar year.

Post-2004 Account Balance – that portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to amounts credited as of a date after December 31, 2004, as adjusted for earnings and losses.

Separation from Service – a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of regulations under Code Section 409A) with the Participant’s Employer and all entities with which the Participant’s Employer would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(b) or (c).

Any terms used herein in the masculine will be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply, and any terms used in the singular will be read and construed in the plural if appropriate.

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility to Participate .  An Employee will become a Participant if he has amounts credited to his Account under Sections 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3.

3.2 Deferral Elections .

(a) For each Plan Year, an Employee may elect to defer any whole percentage up to 50% of his Compensation, and his Account will be credited with the amount deferred in accordance with Section 4.3.

(b) A deferral election for a Plan Year must be made prior to the beginning of the Plan Year. All deferral elections take effect for the first payroll period beginning in a Plan Year. There is no mid-Year entry for an Employee who first becomes eligible to participate during a Plan Year. A deferral election must be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

(c) A deferral election for a Plan Year is irrevocable and may not be changed once the Plan Year has begun. However, if a Participant takes a hardship withdrawal under the RSP, the Participant’s deferral election under this Plan will be cancelled automatically for the remaining payroll periods in the Plan Year. In that event, the Participant may not make a new deferral election under this Plan until the election for the Plan Year that begins at least six months after the date of the hardship withdrawal.

3.3 Payment Elections .

(a) 409A Transition Elections . (1) An Employee who was a Participant as of December 31, 2007, could have irrevocably elected by December 31, 2008, to receive payment of his Post-2004 Account Balance either in a single lump sum or in annual installments payable over 5 or 10 years, and to receive such payment(s) either: (i) at a specified age or date; (ii) upon Separation from Service; or (iii) at the earlier of (i) or (ii). Any such election had to be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and became effective on January 1 of the year following the year of the election.

(2) If a Participant described in paragraph (1) failed to make a timely election under paragraph (1), the Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance will be paid in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as follows:

(i) If the Participant had an election in effect for a Grandfathered Account Balance, that election applies to the Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance.

(ii) If the Participant did not have an election in effect for a Grandfathered Account Balance, the Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance will be paid in a single lump sum upon Separation from Service.

(3) Elections made (or deemed made) under this subsection (a) may be prospectively changed in accordance with subsection (c).

 

4


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

(b) Ongoing Election Rule – New Participant . When a Participant first elects to contribute to the Plan, he may irrevocably (subject to subsection (c)) elect to receive payment of his Account balance either in the form of a single lump sum or in annual installments payable over 5 or 10 years, and to receive or begin to receive such payment(s) either: (i) at a specified age or date; (ii) upon Separation from Service; or (iii) at the earlier of (i) or (ii). If the Participant fails to make a timely election under this subsection (b), the Participant’s Account balance will be paid in a single lump sum upon (and on account of) Separation from Service. Elections made (or deemed made) under this subsection (b) may be prospectively changed in accordance with subsection (c).

(c) Ongoing Election Rule – Subsequent Years . Subject to Sections 6.2 through 6.6, a Participant’s payment election (or deemed election) under subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 3.3 is irrevocable and may not be changed. However, a Participant may prospectively change his payment election for amounts to be credited to his Post-2004 Account Balance in Plan Years beginning after the date that the new election is made. A new election must be made before the beginning of the first Plan Year to which it applies.

 

5


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE IV

CALCULATION OF CREDITS TO PLAN ACCOUNTS; VESTING

This Article IV sets forth the credits to Participant Accounts to be made for Plan Years starting January 1, 2013 and thereafter. The credits made for previous Plan Years are set forth in this Plan as it read before this January 1, 2013 Restatement.

4.1 Matching Contributions . Each Plan Year, there will be credited to a Participant’s Account 150% of the Participant’s elective deferrals for the Plan Year under Section 4.3 that do not exceed 3% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. However, no amount will be credited for a Plan Year unless the Participant (i) contributed the maximum dollar amount allowed under the RSP for the Plan Year and (ii) contributed at least 3% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year to this Supplemental Plan. In addition, the amount credited will not exceed the lesser of (a) and (b), where:

(a) is 4.5% times $350,000 minus the Compensation Limitation for the Plan Year, and

(b) is 4.5% times the Participant’s Compensation that exceeds the Compensation Limitation for the Plan Year.

4.2 Retirement Accumulation Contributions .  Each Plan Year, there will be credited to a Participant’s Account the excess of (a) over (b), where:

(a) is the Retirement Accumulation Contribution that would have been contributed under Section 4.10 of the RSP for the Participant for the Plan Year, assuming that the Compensation Limitation was $350,000, and

(b) is the amount actually contributed under Section 4.10 of the RSP for the Participant for the Plan Year.

4.3 Elective Deferrals . Each Plan Year, there will be credited to a Participant’s Account the amount that the Participant elects to defer under Section 3.2.

4.4 No Duplication of Benefits .  The credits to a Participant’s Account under this Article IV will be determined and coordinated so as to prevent any duplication of benefits under this Plan and under the RSP or any individual agreement with the Participant.

4.5 Vesting .  The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to credits under Sections 4.1 (Match) and 4.3 (Elective Deferrals) is fully vested at all times. The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to credits under Section 4.2 (Retirement Accumulation) is vested to the same extent as the Participant’s Retirement Accumulation Account under the RSP.

 

6


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE V

INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS, INVESTMENTS AND VALUATIONS

5.1 Accounts .  The provisions of the RSP concerning the maintenance of individual accounts and investment elections by Participants will apply equally under this Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan. Subaccounts will be maintained under each Account to separately reflect amounts credited under Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3. Amounts will be credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan at substantially the same time as corresponding amounts are credited under the RSP for the Plan Year, except that matching contributions under Section 4.1 will be credited as soon as administratively practicable, but not more than 90 days, after the end of the Plan Year for which the matching contributions apply. If a Participant makes multiple payment elections under Section 3.3, his Account will be maintained so that the portion of the Account attributable to each payment election may be separately determined.

5.2 Investment Elections .  Participant investment elections under the RSP for Salary Reduction Contributions will apply to all amounts credited to Participant Accounts hereunder. Such amounts will be deemed to be invested initially in the Investment Funds available under the RSP in the same proportion as reflected in elections under the RSP. Accounts hereunder will be valued in the same manner as RSP accounts, except that stock of M&T Bank Corporation will be stated in dollars instead of shares.

5.3 Reallocation of Investments .  The deemed investment of amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account may be reallocated, at the Participant’s election, among the available RSP Investment Funds in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Reallocation elections hereunder are independent of reallocation elections under the RSP.

5.4 Investment Returns .  Accounts hereunder will be credited with the investment return reported by the Trust for the Investment Funds under the RSP in which the Accounts are treated as invested.

 

7


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE VI

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

6.1 Commencement of Benefits .

(a) Payment of a Participant’s Grandfathered Account Balance will be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Participant’s payment election as in effect on October 3, 2004.

(b) Payment of a Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance will be made in the form elected by or applicable to the Participant under Section 3.3, as follows:

(1) If payment is made on attainment of a specified age or date, payment will be made or commence as soon as practicable (but not more than 30 days) after January 1 of the year elected or in which the specified age is attained. If installment payments are elected, subsequent installments will be paid as soon as practicable (but not more than 30 days) after January 1 of each following year during the installment period.

(2) If payment is made on account of a Separation from Service, payment will be made or commence in accordance with Section 6.2.

6.2 Mandatory Delay of Certain Benefit Payments to Specified Employees .  For purposes of this Section, all Participants in the Plan are deemed to be “specified employees” under Code Section 409A. In accordance with regulations under Code Section 409A for payments to specified employees on account of a Separation from Service, payment of any portion of a Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance will be delayed until the earlier of (i) six months after the termination of employment or other event that constitutes the Participant’s Separation from Service, or (ii) the Participant’s death. Payment of any such delayed portion of the Participant’s Account will be made or commence on the last day of the quarter in which occurs the date that is six months after the Participant’s Separation from Service. If installment payments are elected, then subject to the six-month delay, the second installment will be paid as soon as practicable (but not more than 30 days) after January 1 of the year in which occurs the first anniversary of the Participant’s Separation from Service. Subsequent installments will be paid as soon as practicable (but not more than 30 days) after January 1 of each subsequent year.

6.3 Accelerated Payments Due to Financial Hardship .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1, payment of all or part of a Participant’s Grandfathered Account Balance due to financial hardship may be made to the extent permitted under the terms of the Plan as in effect on October 3, 2004. A Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance may not be paid due to financial hardship.

6.4 Mandatory Cashouts .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1 and subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.5, if a Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), the Participant’s entire Post-2004 Account Balance may, in the discretion of the Committee, be paid in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, but not later than the later of (i) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Separation from Service or Disability occurs.

 

8


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

6.5 Discretionary Delay in Benefit Payments.  Notwithstanding Sections 6.1 and 6.4, the Committee may delay payment of any portion of a Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance by reason of any event or condition permitted under Code Section 409A, including, to the extent permissible, delays relating to (i) nondeductible Compensation payments under Code Section 162(m), (ii) violations of loan agreements and (iii) violations of federal securities law and other applicable law.

6.6 Payment on Death or Disability .  Notwithstanding Sections 3.3 and 6.1, in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability, payment of any remaining portion of the Participant’s Post-2004 Account Balance will be made to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single lump sum on the last day of the calendar quarter in which occurs the Participant’s death or a determination of the Participant’s Disability.

6.7 Payment by Employer .  Benefits payable to, or on behalf of, a Participant will be paid by the Employer who last employed the Participant.

 

9


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Administration .  The M&T Bank Employee Benefits Plan Committee is charged with the administration of this Plan. The Committee will have all such powers as may be necessary to administer this Plan, including discretionary authority to interpret and construe this Plan, to decide any dispute or question of fact arising hereunder, to determine the right of any Employee to participate herein, to determine the right of any Participant or Beneficiary to benefits hereunder and to adopt such administrative rules for operation of this Plan as the Committee, in its discretion, may deem advisable. No member of the Committee will be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith. The Committee is entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Committee or the Company with respect to this Plan. A Committee member may not participate in any action or determination relating solely to payment of the member’s own Account hereunder. Except as provided in Section 7.2, decisions of the Committee made in good faith will be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.

7.2 Claims and Appeals . All claims for benefits, denials of claims and appeals of denials under this Plan will be handled in accordance with the claims and appeals procedures of the RSP.

 

10


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Plan .  The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time. Any such amendment or termination will be made in writing by the Board of Directors of the Company or its designee, and will be effective as of the date specified in such writing. No amendment or termination may directly or indirectly deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any portion of the Participant’s Account balance as of the date of amendment or termination without the written consent of the Participant or Beneficiary.

8.2 Benefit Payments Upon Termination of Plan .  Upon termination of the Plan, the Company may elect to accelerate the time and form of payment of Grandfathered Account Balances to the extent permitted under the terms of the Plan in effect as of October 3, 2004. The time and form of payment of Post-2004 Account Balances may be accelerated upon Plan termination, but only as allowed in accordance with regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

11


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 No Effect on Employment Rights .  Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer nor limit the right of an Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with Participants without regard to this Plan.

9.2 Plan Unfunded .  The benefits offered under this Plan constitute nothing more than unfunded, unsecured promises by each Employer to pay the benefits determined under the Plan that the Employer is obligated to pay under Section 6.7. No provision will be made to segregate any assets of any Employer for payment of benefits under this Plan. No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person has any interest in any particular assets of the Employers by reason of the right to receive a benefit under this Plan. A Participant, Beneficiary or other person has only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer by whom the Participant was last employed with respect to any rights under this Plan. Nothing contained in this Plan constitutes a guaranty by the Employers or any other entity that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder. All expenses and fees incurred in the administration of this Plan will be paid by the Employers.

9.3 Binding on Employers, Employees and Their Successors .  This Plan is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Employers, their successors and assigns and each Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

9.4 Spendthrift Provisions .  No benefit payable under this Plan may be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge prior to actual receipt thereof by the payee. Any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge prior to receipt will be void. The Employers are not liable in any manner for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, torts or engagements of any person entitled to any benefit under this Plan.

9.5 Disclosure .  The Committee will make available for inspection by any Participant a copy of this Plan and any rules and regulations used by the Committee in administering this Plan.

9.6 State Law .  This Plan is established under and will be construed according to the laws of the State of New York to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

9.7 Incapacity of Recipient .  If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or of his estate is appointed, any benefits under this Plan to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled may, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person. Except as provided herein, when the Committee in its discretion determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee may direct the Employer responsible for payment to make distributions to any person for the benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary.

9.8 Unclaimed Benefit .  Each Participant must keep the Committee informed of his current address. The Committee is not obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. The

 

12


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

obligation of the Employer to make payment of an amount due under the Plan is satisfied by sending the payment to the last known address of the Participant (or Beneficiary). If the Participant (or Beneficiary) does not receive the payment within three years after it is sent, the Participant (or Beneficiary) will forfeit all rights to the payment.

9.9 Elections, Applications, Notices .  Every direction, revocation or notice authorized or required hereunder will be deemed delivered to the Employers or the Committee: (a) on the date it is sent via electronic transmission to the Secretary of the Committee (with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel), provided that receipt of the electronic transmission is acknowledged by personal action of the Secretary of the Committee or the Company’s General Counsel within three business days, (b) the date it is personally delivered to the Company’s executive offices at Buffalo, New York, or (c) three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, addressed to the Secretary of the Committee (with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel) at the offices indicated above; and will be deemed delivered to a Participant or Beneficiary: (a) on the date it is sent via electronic transmission to the Participant or Beneficiary, provided that receipt of the electronic transmission is acknowledged by personal action of the Participant or Beneficiary within three business days, (b) the date it is personally delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary, or (c) three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, addressed to the Participant or Beneficiary at the last address shown for him on the records of the Employers. Any notice required hereunder may be waived by the person entitled thereto.

9.10 Severability .  If any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, which will be construed and administered as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been contained herein.

9.11 Headings .  The headings of Sections of this Plan are for convenience of reference only and have no substantive effect on the provisions of this Plan.

9.12 Compliance with Code Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and the Committee will administer and interpret the Plan in accordance with such requirements. However, the Employers will not be liable to any Participant or Beneficiary for any benefit related adverse tax consequences arising under Section 409A or other provision of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the requirements of Section 409A will supersede any such Plan provision.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this restated Plan document on the date set forth below.

 

    MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
Date: 2/27/15     By:  

/s/ Ann Marie Odrobina

 

13


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

M&T BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

(January 1, 2013 Restatement)

Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (“Company”) hereby adopts this Amendment No. 1 to the M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (January 1, 2013 Restatement) (“SRSP”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, under Section 8.1, the Company may amend the SRSP; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the SRSP to allow participants to change their election of the form of distribution of their Post-2004 Account Balance; and

WHEREAS, nothing in this Amendment applies to payment of the Participant’s Grandfathered Account Balance.

NOW, THEREFORE, the SRSP is amended as follows, effective for election changes made after the date this Amendment is signed.

FIRST AND ONLY CHANGE

A new Section 3.3(d) is added to read as follows:

“(d) Notwithstanding subsection (c), a Participant who elected (or is deemed to have elected) to have any portion of his Post-2004 Account Balance paid as a lump sum may change that election to have such portion of his Post-2004 Account Balance paid in annual installments over 5 or 10 years, subject to the following:

(1) The election change must be made at least one year before the lump sum is scheduled to be paid.

(2) The election change is void and does not take effect if the Participant has a Separation from Service within one year after the election change is made.

(3) Installment payments will begin five years after the lump sum was scheduled to be paid.

(4) Election changes may be revoked, and the lump sum election reinstated, at any time within one year after the election change is made. After that one year period has elapsed, the lump sum election cannot be reinstated and the installment payment election becomes irrevocable.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Ann Marie Odrobina,

  Ann Marie Odrobina,
  Group Vice President
Date:   4/19/16

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Robert G. Wilmers, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 29, 2016

 

By:  

/s/ Robert G. Wilmers

  Robert G. Wilmers
  Chairman of the Board and
  Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, René F. Jones, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 29, 2016

 

By:  

/s/ René F. Jones

  René F. Jones
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

I, Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

  (1) the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of M&T Bank Corporation for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/s/ Robert G. Wilmers

Robert G. Wilmers
April 29, 2016

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

I, René F. Jones, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

  (1) the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of M&T Bank Corporation for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/s/ René F. Jones

René F. Jones
April 29, 2016

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.